e10vk
U.S. SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C.
20549
Form 10-K
|
|
|
þ
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
|
|
For the fiscal year ended
September 30, 2006
|
Commission File Number 1-31923
UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE,
INC.
(Exact name of registrant as
specified in its charter)
|
|
|
Delaware
|
|
86-0226984
|
(State or other jurisdiction
of
incorporation or organization)
|
|
(IRS Employer
Identification No.)
|
20410 North 19th Avenue,
Suite 200
Phoenix, Arizona 85027
(Address of principal
executive offices)
|
|
(623) 445-9500
(Registrants
telephone number, including area code)
|
|
|
|
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the
Act:
|
|
|
Title of each class:
|
|
Name of each exchange on which registered:
|
|
Common Stock, $0.0001 par
value
|
|
New York Stock Exchange
|
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the
Act:
None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known
seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities
Act
Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file
reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the
Act. Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed
all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding
12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant
was required to file such reports), and (2) has been
subject to such filing requirements for the past
90 days. Yes þ
No o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers
pursuant to Item 405 of
Regulation S-K
is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best
of registrants knowledge, in definitive proxy or
information statements incorporated by reference in
Part III of this
Form 10-K
or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large
accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated
filer. See definition of accelerated filer and larger
accelerated filer in
Rule 12b-2
of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated
filer þ Accelerated
filer o Non-accelerated
filer o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company
(as defined in Exchange Act
Rule 12b-2). Yes o No þ
As of December 8, 2006, 28,174,995 shares of common
stock were outstanding. The aggregate market value of the shares
of common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant on the
last business day of the Companys most recently completed
second fiscal quarter (March 31, 2006) was
approximately $704,937,722 (based upon the closing price of the
common stock on such date as reported by the New York Stock
Exchange). For purposes of this calculation, the Company has
excluded the market value of all common stock beneficially owned
by all executive officers and directors of the Company.
Documents
Incorporated by Reference
Portions of the proxy statement for the 2007 Annual Meeting of
Stockholders are incorporated by reference into Part III of
this
Form 10-K.
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC.
INDEX TO
FORM 10-K
FOR THE
FISCAL YEAR ENDING SEPTEMBER 30, 2006
i
PART I
Overview
We are a leading provider of post-secondary education for
students seeking careers as professional automotive, diesel,
collision repair, motorcycle and marine technicians, as measured
by total undergraduate enrollment and number of graduates. We
offer undergraduate degree, diploma and certificate programs at
10 campuses across the United States. We also offer manufacturer
specific advanced training (MSAT) programs that are sponsored by
the manufacturer or dealer, at 19 dedicated training centers.
For the twelve months ended September 30, 2006, our average
undergraduate enrollment was 16,291 full-time students. We
have provided technical education for over 40 years.
We believe the market for qualified service technicians is large
and growing. In 2004, the U.S. Department of Labor
estimated that there were approximately 803,000 working
automotive technicians in the United States, and this number was
expected to increase by 16% from 2004 to 2014. Other 2004
estimates provided by the U.S. Department of Labor indicate
that from 2004 to 2014 the number of technicians in the other
industries we serve, including diesel repair, collision repair,
motorcycle repair and marine repair, are expected to increase by
14%, 10%, 14% and 15%, respectively. This need for technicians
is due to a variety of factors, including technological
advancement in the industries our graduates enter, a continued
increase in the number of automobiles, trucks, motorcycles and
boats in service, as well as an aging and retiring workforce
that generally requires training to keep up with technological
advancements and maintain its technical competency. As a result
of these factors, there will be an average of approximately
52,400 new job openings annually for new entrants from 2004 to
2014 in the fields we serve, according to data collected by the
U.S. Department of Labor. In addition to the increase in
demand for newly qualified technicians, manufacturers, dealer
networks, transportation companies and governmental entities
with large fleets are outsourcing their training functions,
seeking preferred education providers which can offer high
quality curricula and have a national presence to meet the
employment and advanced training needs of their national dealer
networks.
We work closely with leading original equipment manufacturers
(OEMs) in the automotive, diesel, motorcycle and marine
industries to understand their needs for qualified service
professionals. Through our relationships with OEMs, we are able
to continuously refine and expand our programs and curricula. We
believe our industry-oriented educational philosophy and
national presence have enabled us to develop valuable industry
relationships which provide us with a significant competitive
strength and support our market leadership. We are a primary,
and often the sole, provider of manufacturer-based training
programs pursuant to written agreements with various OEMs
whereby we offer technician training programs using OEM provided
vehicles, equipment, specialty tools and curricula. These OEMs
include: Audi of America; American Honda Motor Co., Inc.; BMW of
North America, LLC; Ford Motor Co.; Harley-Davidson Motor Co.;
International Truck and Engine Corp.; Kawasaki Motors Corp.,
U.S.A.; Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC; Mercury Marine; Nissan North
America, Inc.; Porsche Cars of North America, Inc.; Toyota Motor
Sales, U.S.A., Inc.; Volkswagen of America, Inc.; Volvo Cars of
North America, Inc. and Volvo Penta of the Americas, Inc. In
addition, we provide technician training elective programs
pursuant to verbal agreements with the following OEMs: American
Honda Motor Co., Inc.; American Suzuki Motor Corp; Mercury
Marine and Yamaha Motor Corp., USA.
Through our campus-based undergraduate programs, we offer
specialized technical education under the banner of several
well-known brands, including Universal Technical Institute
(UTI), Motorcycle Mechanics Institute and Marine Mechanics
Institute (collectively, MMI) and NASCAR Technical
Institute (NTI). The majority of our undergraduate programs are
designed to be completed in 12 to 18 months and culminate
in an associate of occupational studies (AOS) degree, diploma or
certificate, depending on the program and campus. Tuition ranges
from approximately $19,600 to $38,600 per program,
primarily depending on the nature and length of the program.
Upon completion of one of our automotive or diesel undergraduate
programs, qualifying students have the opportunity to enroll in
one of the manufacturer specific advanced training programs that
we offer. These manufacturer programs are offered in a facility
in which the OEM supplies the vehicles, equipment, specialty
tools and curricula. Tuition for these advanced training
programs is paid by each participating OEM or dealer in
1
return for a commitment by the student to work for a dealer of
that OEM upon graduation. We also provide continuing education
and training to experienced technicians at our customers
sites or in our training facilities.
Available
Information
Our Annual Report on
Form 10-K,
Quarterly Reports on
Form 10-Q,
Current Reports on
Form 8-K
and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to
Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 are available on our website, www.uticorp.com under the
Company Info Investor Relations
SEC Filings captions, as soon as reasonably practicable
after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it
to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). Reports of our
executive officers, directors and any other persons required to
file securities ownership reports under Section 16(a) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 are also available through
our website. Information contained on our website is not a part
of this Report.
In Part III of this
Form 10-K,
we incorporate by reference certain information from
parts of other documents filed with the SEC, specifically our
proxy statement for the 2007 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. The
SEC allows us to disclose important information by referring to
it in that manner. Please refer to such information. We
anticipate that on or before January 28, 2007, our proxy
statement for the 2007 Annual Meeting of Stockholders will be
available on our website at www.uticorp.com under the
Company Info Investor Relations
SEC Filings captions.
Information relating to corporate governance at UTI, including
our Code of Conduct for all of our employees and our
Supplemental Code of Ethics for Chief Executive Officer and
Senior Financial Officers, and information concerning Board
Committees, including Committee charters, is available on our
website at www.uticorp.com under the Company
Info Investor Relations Corporate
Governance captions. We will provide any of the foregoing
information without charge upon written request to Universal
Technical Institute, Inc., 20410 North 19th Avenue,
Suite 200, Phoenix, Arizona 85027, Attention: Investor
Relations.
Business
Strategy
Our goal is to maintain and strengthen our role as a leading
provider of post-secondary technical education services. We
intend to pursue the following strategies to attain this goal:
|
|
|
|
|
Increase Capacity Utilization. Since
June 2005, we have opened new campuses and expanded or
reconfigured existing campuses, resulting in an increase of our
available seating capacity by more than 20% to 25,110 seats
at September 30, 2006. Our average undergraduate student
enrollment was 16,291 students for the year ended
September 30, 2006 which results in a seating capacity
utilization rate of approximately 65% for the year ended
September 30, 2006. As previously committed, we plan to
reconfigure and expand existing campuses during fiscal 2007
which will provide a net additional 900 seats, taking our
total seating capacity to 26,010. Over the next two years, we
will focus on improving our seating capacity utilization before
we open any additional schools with the expectation that such
improvement will support the growth of our net revenue and also
support improved operating margins over time.
|
|
|
|
Increase Recruitment and
Marketing. Since our founding in 1965, we
have grown our business and expanded our campus footprint to
establish a national presence. Through the UTI, MMI and NTI
brands, our undergraduate campuses and advanced training centers
currently provide us with local representation covering several
geographic regions across the United States. Supporting our
campuses, we maintain a national recruiting network of
approximately 275 education representatives who are able to
identify, advise and enroll students from all 50 states and
U.S. territories. We plan to hire additional education
representatives to enhance our recruitment coverage in
territories where we are currently active in recruiting students
and to expand into new regions and cities. We believe that
additional education representatives, combined with increased
marketing spending, will increase our national presence and
enable us to better target the prospective student pool from
which we recruit. We support our education representatives
recruiting efforts with a national multimedia marketing strategy
that includes television, enthusiast magazines, direct mail and
the internet.
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
Seek Additional Industry
Relationships. We work closely with OEMs to
develop brand-specific education programs. Participating
manufacturers typically assist us in developing course content
and curricula, and provide us with equipment, specialty tools
and parts at reduced prices or at no charge. Subject to
employment commitments made by the student, the manufacturer or
dealer pays the full tuition of each student enrolled in our
advanced training programs. Our collaboration with OEMs enables
us to provide highly specialized education to our students,
resulting in improved employment opportunities and the potential
for higher wages for graduates. We actively seek to develop new
relationships with leading OEMs, dealership networks and other
industry participants. Securing such relationships will enable
us to support undergraduate enrollment growth, diversify funding
sources and expand the scope and increase program offerings. We
believe that these relationships are also valuable to our
industry partners since our programs provide them with a steady
supply of highly trained service technicians and are a
cost-effective alternative to in-house training. These
relationships should provide us additional incremental revenue
opportunities from training the OEMs existing employees.
|
We also offer training for other sectors of the industry such as
motor freight companies, tier one suppliers and firms that
employ skilled technicians
and/or
benefit from employees possessing the skills that we teach. The
training is performed at the customers sites, UTI sites or
at third party locations using curricula developed by UTI or
supplied by the customer
and/or the
OEM. These training relationships provide new sources of
revenue, establish new employment opportunities for our
graduates and enhance UTIs position as a provider of
training for the industry.
In addition to our curriculum-based relationships with OEMs, we
develop and maintain a variety of complementary relationships
with parts and tools suppliers, enthusiast organizations and
other participants in the industries we serve. These
relationships provide us with a variety of strategic and
financial benefits, including equipment sponsorship, new product
support, licensing and branding opportunities, and selected
financial sponsorship for our campuses and students. We believe
that these relationships improve the quality of our educational
programs, reduce our investment cost of equipping classrooms,
enable us to expand the scope of our programs, strengthen our
graduate placements and enhance our overall image within the
industry.
|
|
|
|
|
Expand Program Offerings. As the
industries we serve become more technologically advanced, the
requisite training for qualified technicians continues to
increase. We continually work with our industry customers to
expand and adapt our course offerings to meet their needs for
skilled technicians. In fiscal year 2006, we introduced the
Nissan Automotive Technician Training (NATT) program, a nine
week elective that is offered at three of our campuses: Houston,
Texas; Mooresville, North Carolina and Orlando, Florida. We also
entered into a training contract with Cummins Rocky Mountain LLC
for a diesel technician training program that we plan to offer
at our Avondable, Arizona campus, during the second quarter of
fiscal 2007.
|
|
|
|
Open New Campuses. Our decisions
regarding the establishment of new campuses will be affected by
our current efforts to increase our existing seating capacity
utilization. We will continue to identify new markets that we
believe will complement our established campus network and
support further growth. We believe that there are a number of
local markets, in regions where we do not currently have a
campus, with both pools of interested prospective students and
career opportunities for graduates. By establishing campuses in
these locations, we believe that we will be able to supply
skilled technicians to local employers, as well as provide
educational opportunities for students otherwise unwilling or
unable to relocate to acquire a post-secondary education.
Additional locations will also provide us with an opportunity to
provide continuing and advanced training to the existing
workforces in the industries we serve.
|
|
|
|
Consider Strategic Acquisitions. We
selectively consider acquisition opportunities that, among other
factors, would complement our program offerings, benefit from
our expertise and scale in marketing and administration and
could be integrated into our existing operations.
|
Schools
and Programs
Through our campus-based school system, we offer specialized
technical education programs under the banner of several
well-known brands, including Universal Technical Institute
(UTI), Motorcycle Mechanics Institute and
3
Marine Mechanics Institute (collectively, MMI) and NASCAR
Technical Institute (NTI). The majority of our undergraduate
programs are designed to be completed in 12 to 18 months
and culminate in an associate of occupational studies degree,
diploma or certificate, depending on the program and campus.
Tuition ranges from approximately $19,600 to $38,600 per
program, depending on the nature and length of the program. Our
campuses are accredited and our undergraduate programs are
eligible for federal Title IV student financial aid
funding. Upon completion of one of our automotive or diesel
undergraduate programs, qualifying students have the opportunity
to apply for enrollment in one of our manufacturer specific
advanced training programs. These programs are offered in
facilities in which OEMs supply the vehicles, equipment,
specialty tools and curricula. In most cases, tuition for the
advanced training programs is paid by each participating OEM or
dealer in return for a commitment by the student to work for a
dealer of that OEM upon graduation. We also provide continuing
education and training to experienced technicians.
Our undergraduate schools and programs are summarized in the
following table:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date Training
|
|
|
|
Brand
|
|
Location
|
|
Commenced
|
|
|
Principal Programs
|
|
UTI
|
|
Avondale, Arizona
|
|
|
1965
|
|
|
Automotive; Diesel &
Industrial; Automotive/Diesel; Automotive/Diesel &
Industrial; FlexTech(1)
|
UTI
|
|
Houston, Texas
|
|
|
1983
|
|
|
Automotive; Diesel &
Industrial; Automotive/Diesel; Automotive/Diesel &
Industrial; Collision Repair and Refinishing
|
UTI
|
|
Glendale Heights, Illinois
|
|
|
1988
|
|
|
Automotive; Diesel &
Industrial; Automotive/Diesel; Automotive/Diesel &
Industrial
|
UTI
|
|
Rancho Cucamonga, California
|
|
|
1998
|
|
|
Automotive
|
UTI
|
|
Exton, Pennsylvania
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
Automotive; Diesel &
Industrial; Automotive/Diesel & Industrial
|
UTI
|
|
Sacramento, California
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Automotive;
Automotive/Diesel & Industrial(2); Collision Repair and
Refinishing(3)
|
UTI
|
|
Norwood, Massachusetts
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Automotive; Diesel &
Industrial(2); Automotive/Diesel & Industrial(2)
|
MMI
|
|
Phoenix, Arizona
|
|
|
1973
|
|
|
Motorcycle
|
UTI/MMI
|
|
Orlando, Florida
|
|
|
1986
|
|
|
Automotive; Motorcycle; Marine
|
NTI
|
|
Mooresville, North Carolina
|
|
|
2002
|
|
|
Automotive; Automotive with NASCAR
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
We are no longer accepting applicants for the FlexTech program.
The program is expected to be taught through December 2007. |
|
(2) |
|
We plan to begin teaching the Diesel & Industrial and
Automotive/Diesel & Industrial programs in the second half
of fiscal 2007. |
|
(3) |
|
We began teaching the Collision Repair and Refinishing program
in October 2006. |
Universal
Technical Institute (UTI)
UTI offers automotive, diesel and industrial, and collision
repair and refinishing programs that are master certified by the
National Automotive Technicians Education Foundation (NATEF), a
division of the Institute for Automotive Service Excellence
(ASE). Currently we are waiting for approval of the NATEF
certification application for our Orlando, Florida campus. We
are beginning the NATEF certification application process for
our diesel program at our Exton, Pennsylvania campus and all
programs at our Norwood, Massachusetts and Sacramento,
California campuses. In order to apply for NATEF certification,
a school must meet the ASE curriculum requirements and have also
graduated its first class. Students have the option to enhance
their training through the Ford Accelerated Credential Training
(FACT) elective at all UTI campuses with the exception of
Orlando, Florida where we plan to begin teaching the program
during the second half of fiscal 2007. We also offer the Toyota
Professional Automotive Technician (TPAT) elective at our
Glendale Heights, Illinois campus; the
4
Toyota Professional Collision Training (TPCT) elective at our
Houston, Texas campus; the BMW FastTrack elective at our Rancho
Cucamonga, California and Avondale, Arizona campuses; and the
Nissan Automotive Technician Training (NATT) program at our
Houston, Texas; Mooresville, North Carolina and Orlando, Florida
campuses.
|
|
|
|
|
Automotive Technology. Established in
1965, the Automotive Technology program is designed to teach
students how to diagnose, service and repair automobiles. The
program ranges from 51 to 88 weeks in duration, and tuition
ranges from approximately $23,400 to $32,300. Graduates of this
program are qualified to work as entry-level service technicians
in automotive repair facilities or automotive dealer service
departments.
|
|
|
|
Diesel & Industrial
Technology. Established in 1968, the
Diesel & Industrial Technology program is designed to
teach students how to diagnose, service and repair diesel
systems and industrial equipment. The program is 45 weeks
in duration and tuition ranges from approximately $21,200 to
$21,800. Graduates of this program are qualified to work as
entry-level service technicians in medium and heavy truck
facilities, truck dealerships, or in service and repair
facilities for marine diesel engines and equipment utilized in
various industrial applications, including materials handling,
construction, transport refrigeration or farming.
|
|
|
|
Automotive/Diesel
Technology. Established in 1970, the
Automotive/Diesel Technology program is designed to teach
students how to diagnose, service and repair automobiles and
diesel systems. The program ranges from 69 to 84 weeks in
duration and tuition ranges from approximately $27,800 to
$34,900. Graduates of this program typically can work as
entry-level service technicians in automotive repair facilities,
automotive dealer service departments, diesel engine repair
facilities, medium and heavy truck facilities or truck
dealerships.
|
|
|
|
Automotive/Diesel & Industrial
Technology. Established in 1970, the
Automotive/Diesel & Industrial Technology program is
designed to teach students how to diagnose, service and repair
automobiles, diesel systems and industrial equipment. The
program ranges from 75 to 90 weeks in duration and tuition
ranges from approximately $29,100 to $38,600. Graduates of this
program are qualified to work as entry-level service technicians
in automotive repair facilities, automotive dealer service
departments, diesel engine repair facilities, medium and heavy
truck facilities, truck dealerships, or in service and repair
facilities for marine diesel engines and equipment utilized in
various industrial applications, including material handling,
construction, transport refrigeration or farming.
|
|
|
|
Collision Repair and Refinishing Technology
(CRRT). Established in 1999, the CRRT program
teaches students how to repair non-structural and structural
automobile damage as well as how to prepare cost estimates on
all phases of repair and refinishing. The program ranges from 51
to 54 weeks in duration and tuition ranges from
approximately $24,000 to $26,000. Graduates of this program are
qualified to work as entry-level technicians at OEM dealerships
and independent repair facilities.
|
Motorcycle
Mechanics Institute and Marine Mechanics Institute
(collectively, MMI)
|
|
|
|
|
Motorcycle. Established in 1973, this
MMI program is designed to teach students how to diagnose,
service and repair motorcycles and all-terrain vehicles. The
program ranges from 57 to 93 weeks in duration and tuition
ranges from approximately $19,600 to $30,600. Graduates of this
program are qualified to work as entry-level service technicians
in motorcycle dealerships and independent repair facilities. MMI
is supported by six major motorcycle manufacturers. We have
written agreements with BMW of North America, LLC;
Harley-Davidson Motor Co.; and Kawasaki Motors Corp., U.S.A. In
addition, we have verbal understandings relating to motorcycle
elective programs with American Honda Motor Co., Inc.; American
Suzuki Motor Corp.; and Yamaha Motor Corp., USA. We have written
agreements for dealer training with American Honda Motor Co.,
Inc.; Harley-Davidson Motor Co. and Kawasaki Motors Corp.,
U.S.A. These motorcycle manufacturers support us through their
endorsement of our curricula content, assisting our
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
course development, equipment and product donations, and
instructor training. The verbal understandings referenced may be
terminated without cause by either party at any time.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Marine. Established in 1991, this MMI
program is designed to teach students how to diagnose, service
and repair boats and personal watercraft. The program is
60 weeks in duration and tuition is approximately $22,900.
Graduates of this program are qualified to work as entry-level
service technicians for marine dealerships and independent
repair shops, as well as for marinas, boat yards and yacht
clubs. MMI is supported by several marine manufacturers. We have
verbal agreements relating to marine elective programs with
American Honda Motor Co., Inc.; Mercury Marine; American Suzuki
Motor Corp. and Yamaha Motor Corp., USA. We have written
agreements for dealer training with American Honda Motor Co.
Inc.; Kawasaki Motors Corp., U.S.A.; Mercury Marine and Volvo
Penta of the Americas, Inc. These marine manufacturers support
us through their endorsement of our curricula content, assisting
with course development, equipment and product donations, and
instructor training. The verbal understandings referenced may be
terminated without cause by either party at any time.
|
NASCAR
Technical Institute (NTI)
Established in 2002, NTI offers the same type of automotive
training as UTI, but with additional NASCAR-specific courses. In
addition to the training received in our Automotive Technology
program, students have the opportunity to learn first-hand with
NASCAR engines and equipment and to learn specific skills
required for entry-level positions in NASCAR-related career
opportunities. The program ranges from 48 to 78 weeks in
duration and tuition ranges from $24,800 to $36,400. Similar to
graduates of the Automotive Technology program, NTI graduates
are qualified to work as entry-level service technicians in
automotive repair facilities or automotive dealer service
departments. For those students who have trained in our NASCAR
technology program, from the opening of NTI through fiscal 2005,
approximately 18% have found employment opportunities to work in
racing-related industries.
Manufacturer
Specific Advanced Training Programs
Our advanced programs are intended to offer in-depth instruction
on specific manufacturers products, qualifying a graduate
for employment with a dealer seeking highly specialized,
entry-level technicians with brand-specific skills. Students who
are highly ranked graduates of an automotive program may apply
to be selected for these programs. The programs range from 14 to
27 weeks in duration and tuition is paid by the
manufacturer or dealer, subject to employment commitments made
by the student. The manufacturer also supplies vehicles,
equipment, specialty tools and curricula for the courses.
Pursuant to written agreements, we offer manufacturer specific
advanced training programs for the following OEMs: Audi of
America; BMW of North America, LLC; International Truck and
Engine Corp.; Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC; Porsche Cars of North
America, Inc.; Volkswagen of America, Inc.; and Volvo Cars of
North America, Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
Audi and Volkswagen. We have a written
agreement with Audi of America and Volkswagen of America, Inc.
whereby we provide Audi Academy training programs at our
Avondale, Arizona and Exton, Pennsylvania training facilities
using vehicles, equipment, specialty tools and curricula
provided by Audi.
|
In addition, we provide Volkswagen Academy Technician
Recruitment Program (VATRP) training at our Rancho Cucamonga,
California and Exton, Pennsylvania training facilities using
tools, equipment and vehicles provided by Volkswagen. This
agreement expires on December 31, 2006 and may be
terminated for cause by either party.
|
|
|
|
|
BMW. We have a written agreement with BMW of
North America, LLC whereby we provide BMWs Service
Technician Education Program (STEP) at our Avondale, Arizona;
Orlando, Florida; Upper Saddle River, New Jersey; Houston, Texas
and Rancho Cucamonga, California training facilities using
vehicles, equipment, specialty tools and curricula provided by
BMW. This agreement is not exclusive. However, BMW may not enter
into a similar agreement with any other institution that would
conduct such a program within 100 miles of an existing UTI
program; and we may not provide manufacturer-specific training
for any other automotive manufacturer at our BMW training
facilities. This agreement expires on December 31, 2008,
and may be terminated for cause by either party.
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
International Truck. We have a written
agreement with International Truck and Engine Corp. whereby we
provide the International Technician Education Program (ITEP)
training program at our training facility in Glendale Heights,
Illinois using vehicles, equipment, specialty tools and
curricula provided by International Truck. This agreement
expires on December 31, 2008 and may be terminated without
cause by either party upon 180 days written notice.
|
|
|
|
Mercedes-Benz. We have a written agreement
with Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC whereby we provide the Mercedes-Benz
ELITE training program at our Rancho Cucamonga, California;
Houston, Texas; Orlando, Florida; Glendale Heights, Illinois and
Norwood, Massachusetts campuses using vehicles, equipment,
specialty tools and curricula provided by Mercedes-Benz. We also
provide the Mercedes-Benz ELITE Collision Repair Training (CRT)
program at our Houston, Texas facility. The agreement expires on
December 31, 2008. The agreement is not exclusive and may
be terminated without cause by either party upon 60 days
written notice.
|
|
|
|
Porsche. We have a written agreement with
Porsche Cars of North America, Inc. whereby we provide the
Porsche Technician Apprenticeship Program (PTAP) at a Porsche
Training Center in Atlanta, Georgia using vehicles, equipment,
specialty tools and curricula provided by Porsche. This
agreement expires on September 30, 2008 and may be
terminated without cause by Porsche upon 30 days written
notice.
|
|
|
|
Volvo. We have a written agreement with Volvo
Cars of North America, Inc. whereby we conduct Volvos
Service Automotive Factory Education (SAFE) program training at
our campus in Avondale, Arizona using vehicles, equipment,
specialty tools and curricula approved by Volvo. This agreement
expires on December 31, 2006.
|
Dealer
Training
Technicians in all of the industries we serve are in regular
need of training or certification on new technologies.
Manufacturers are outsourcing a portion of this training to
education providers such as UTI. We currently provide dealer
technician training to manufacturers such as: American Honda
Motor Co., Inc.; BMW of North America, LLC; Harley-Davidson
Motor Co.; International Truck and Engine Corp.; Kawasaki Motors
Corp. U.S.A.; Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC; Mercury Marine; Volkswagen
of America, Inc. and Volvo Penta of the Americas, Inc.
Industry
Relationships
We have a network of industry relationships that provide a wide
range of strategic and financial benefits, including
product/financial support, licensing and manufacturer training.
|
|
|
|
|
Product/Financial
Support. Product/financial support is an
integral component of our business strategy and is present
throughout our schools. In these relationships, sponsors provide
their products, including equipment and supplies, at reduced or
no cost to us in return for our use of those products in the
classroom. In addition, they may provide financial sponsorship
to either us or our students. Product/financial support is an
attractive marketing opportunity for sponsors because our
classrooms provide them with early access to the future
end-users of their products. As students become familiar with a
manufacturers products during training, they may be more
likely to continue to use the same products upon graduation. Our
product support relationships allow us to minimize the equipment
and supply costs in each of our classrooms and significantly
reduce the capital outlay necessary for operating and equipping
our campuses.
|
An example of a product/financial support relationship is:
|
|
|
|
|
Snap-on Tools. Upon graduation from our
undergraduate programs, students receive a Snap-on Tools
entry-level tool set having an approximate retail value of
$1,000. We purchase these tool sets from Snap-on Tools at a
discount from their list price pursuant to a written agreement.
This agreement expires in January 2009. In the context of this
relationship, we have granted Snap-on Tools exclusive access to
our campuses to display tool related advertising, and we have
agreed to use Snap-on Tools equipment to train our students. We
receive credits from Snap-on Tools for student tool kits that we
purchase and any additional purchases made by our students. We
can then redeem those credits to purchase Snap-on Tools
equipment and tools for our campuses at the full retail list
price.
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
Licensing. Licensing agreements enable
us to establish meaningful relationships with key industry
brands. We pay a licensing fee and, in return, receive the right
to use a particular industry participants name or logo in
our promotional materials and on our campuses. We believe that
our current and potential students generally identify favorably
with the recognized brand names licensed to us, enhancing our
reputation and the effectiveness of our marketing efforts.
|
An example of a licensing arrangement is:
|
|
|
|
|
NASCAR. In July 1999, we entered into a
licensing arrangement with NASCAR and became its exclusive
education provider for automotive technicians. This written
agreement expires on June 30, 2007 and may be terminated
for cause by either party at any time prior to its expiration.
In July 2002, the NASCAR Technical Institute opened in
Mooresville, North Carolina. This relationship provides us with
access to the network of NASCAR sponsors, presenting us with the
opportunity to enhance our product support relationships. The
popular NASCAR brand name combined with the opportunity to learn
on high-performance cars is a powerful recruiting and retention
tool.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Manufacturer Training. Manufacturer
training relationships provide benefits to us that impact each
of our education programs. These relationships support
entry-level training tailored to the needs of a specific
manufacturer, as well as continuing education and training of
experienced technicians. In our entry-level programs, students
receive training and certification on a given
manufacturers products. In return, the manufacturer
supplies vehicles, equipment, specialty tools and parts, and
assistance in developing curricula. Students who receive this
training are often certified to work on that manufacturers
products when they complete the program. The certification
typically leads to both improved employment opportunities and
the potential for higher wages. Manufacturer training
relationships lower the capital investment necessary to equip
our classrooms and provide us with a significant marketing
advantage. In addition, through these relationships,
manufacturers are able to increase the pool of skilled
technicians available to service and repair their products.
|
We actively seek to extend our relationship with a given
manufacturer by providing the manufacturers training to
entry level as well as experienced technicians. Similar to
advanced training, these programs are built on a training
relationship under which the manufacturer not only provides the
equipment and curricula but also pays for the students
tuition. These training courses often take place within our
existing facilities, allowing the manufacturer to avoid the
costs associated with establishing its own dedicated facility.
Examples of manufacturer training relationships include:
|
|
|
|
|
American Honda Motor Co., Inc. We provide
marine and motorcycle training for experienced American Honda
technicians utilizing training materials and curricula provided
by American Honda. Pursuant to written agreements, our
instructors provide motorcycle and marine dealer training at
American Honda-authorized training centers across the United
States. The marine dealer training agreement expires on
June 30, 2009 and the motorcycle dealer training agreement
expires on October 31, 2007. These agreements may be
terminated for cause by American Honda at any time prior to
their expiration. Pursuant to verbal agreements, we oversee the
administration of the motorcycle training program, including
technician enrollment and American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
supports our campus training program called HonTech by donating
equipment and providing curricula.
|
|
|
|
Ford Motor Company. Pursuant to a written
agreement, we offer the Ford Accelerated Credential Training
(FACT) elective to all of the students in our Automotive,
Automotive/Diesel, Automotive/Diesel & Industrial and
Automotive with NASCAR programs, with the exception of those
students enrolled at our Orlando, Florida campus where we
currently anticipate the FACT training will be offered in the
second half of fiscal 2007. The FACT elective is a
15-week
course in Ford-specific training, during which students are able
to earn Ford certifications. Ford Motor Company provides the
curriculum, vehicles, specialty equipment and other training
aids used for this elective. This agreement has an indefinite
term and may be terminated without cause by either party upon
six months written notice.
|
|
|
|
Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC. Pursuant to a written
agreement, we offer the Mercedes-Benz ELITE training program.
This 16-week
advanced training program enables students to earn Mercedes-Benz
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
training credits in service maintenance, diagnosis and repair of
most Mercedes-Benz vehicle systems. Graduates of UTIs
Automotive and Automotive/Diesel programs may apply for
acceptance into the Mercedes-Benz ELITE training program.
Tuition for the program is paid by the manufacturer. All
curricula, vehicles, specialty tools and training aids are
provided by Mercedes-Benz. This agreement expires on
December 31, 2008 and may be terminated without cause by
Mercedes-Benz upon 60 days written notice. Pursuant to an
addendum to our agreement with Mercedes-Benz that expires on
December 31, 2008, we renewed the Mercedes-Benz ELITE
training program. In addition, we provide training for
Mercedes-Benz factory technicians at our Houston, Texas campus.
We also conduct Mercedes-Benz Service Advisor training at the
Mercedes-Benz ELITE site at our Glendale Heights, Illinois
campus and Mercedes-Benz Sales Consultant training at the
Mercedes-Benz ELITE site at our Rancho Cucamonga, California
campus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Toyota. Pursuant to a written agreement with
Toyota Motor Sales, U.S.A., Inc., we offer the Toyota
Professional Automotive Technician (TPAT) program, a Toyota and
Lexus brand-specific training program at the Glendale Heights,
Illinois campus. The program uses training and course materials
as well as training vehicles and equipment provided by Toyota.
This agreement expires on March 31, 2008 and may be
terminated without cause by either party upon 30 days
written notice, provided that TPAT training courses for enrolled
students will continue to completion.
|
|
|
|
Nissan. Pursuant to a written agreement with
Nissan North America, Inc., we offer the Nissan Automotive
Technician Training (NATT) program, a Nissan branded vehicle
training program at our Orlando, Florida; Mooresville, North
Carolina and Houston, Texas campuses. The program uses training
and course materials as well as training vehicles and equipment
provided by Nissan. The agreement expires on April 5, 2007
and may be terminated without cause by either party upon
30 days written notice.
|
Student
Recruitment Model
We strive to increase our school enrollment and profitability
through a dual-pronged sales approach and a marketing approach
designed to maximize market penetration. Our strategy is to
recruit a geographically dispersed and demographically diverse
student body. Due to the diverse backgrounds and locations of
students who attend our schools, we utilize a variety of
marketing techniques to recruit applicants to our programs,
including:
|
|
|
|
|
Field-Based Representatives. Our
field-based education representatives recruit prospective
students primarily from high schools across the country. Over
the last three fiscal years, approximately 60% of our student
population has been recruited directly out of high school.
Currently, we have approximately 180 field-based education
representatives with assigned territories covering the United
States and U.S. territories. Our field-based education
representatives recruit students by making career presentations
at high schools and direct presentations at the homes of
prospective students.
|
Our reputation in local, regional and national business
communities, endorsements from high school guidance counselors
and the recommendations of satisfied graduates are some of our
most effective recruiting tools. Accordingly, we strive to build
relationships with the people who influence the career decisions
of prospective students, such as vocational instructors and high
school guidance counselors. We conduct seminars for high school
career counselors and instructors at our training facilities and
campuses as a means of further educating these individuals on
the merits of our programs.
Our military representatives develop relationships with military
personnel and provide information about our training program. We
deliver career presentations to soldiers who are approaching
their date of separation or have recently separated from the
military as a means of further educating these individuals on
the merits of our technical training programs.
|
|
|
|
|
Campus-Based Representatives. In
addition to our field-based education representatives, we employ
campus-based representatives to recruit students. These
representatives respond to targeted marketing leads and inbound
inquiries to directly recruit new students, typically adults
returning to school, from across the United States. Currently,
we have approximately 95 campus-based education representatives.
Since working
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
adults tend to start our programs throughout the year instead of
in the fall as is most typical of traditional school calendars,
these students help balance our enrollment throughout the year.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Marketing and Advertising. We make use
of multiple direct and indirect marketing and advertising
channels aimed at prompting enthusiasts and underemployed or
unemployed prospective students to contact us. We select various
advertising methods on a national, regional and local basis to
target enrollments at our campuses and to support field sales.
We target enthusiasts at approximately 100 motor sports and
industry related events through event marketing. We also employ
targeted direct mailings and maintain a proprietary database
that enables us to reach both high school students and working
adults throughout the year.
|
Student
Admissions and Retention
We currently employ approximately 275 field and campus based
education representatives who work directly with prospective
students to facilitate the enrollment process. At each campus,
student admissions are overseen by an admissions department that
reviews each application. Different programs have varying
admissions standards. For example, applicants for programs
offered at our Avondale location, which offers an associate of
occupational studies (AOS) degree, must be at least
16 years of age and provide proof of either: high school
graduation, or its equivalent, certification of high school
equivalency (G.E.D.); successful completion of a degree program
at the post-secondary level; or successful completion of home
schooling. Students who present a diploma or certificate
evidencing completion of home schooling or an online high school
program will be required to take and pass an entrance exam.
Applicants at all other locations must meet the same
requirements, or be at least 21 years of age and have the
ability to benefit from the training as demonstrated by personal
interviews and performance on the Wonderlic Basic Skills Exam.
Students who are beyond the age of compulsory attendance and
have completed a high school program, but have not passed a
state required high school completion exam where required, may
also apply to attend through the ability to benefit option, and
must meet the same criteria outlined above. Students enrolling
at UTI campuses in California are required by state law to
complete and achieve a passing score on an entrance exam prior
to being accepted into a program.
To maximize student persistence, we have student services
professionals and other resources to assist and advise students
regarding academic, financial, personal and employment matters.
Our consolidated student completion rate is approximately 70%,
which we believe compares favorably with the student completion
rates of other providers of comparable educational/training
programs.
Enrollment
We enroll students throughout the year. For the twelve months
ended September 30, 2006, we had an average enrollment of
16,291 full-time undergraduate students, representing an
increase of approximately 6% as compared to the twelve months
ended September 30, 2005. We are the largest provider of
post-secondary education in our fields of study in the United
States. Currently, our student body is geographically diverse,
with a majority of our students at most campuses having
relocated to attend our programs. For the twelve months ended
September 30, 2004, 2005 and 2006, we had average
undergraduate enrollments of 13,076; 15,390 and 16,291,
respectively.
Graduate
Placement
Securing employment opportunities for our graduates is critical
to our ability to attract high quality prospective students. In
addition, high placement rates are directly correlated to low
student loan default rates, an important requirement for
continuing participation in Title IV federal funding
programs. Accordingly, we dedicate significant resources to
maintaining an effective graduate placement program. Our
placement rate for fiscal years 2005 and 2004 was 91% and 89%,
respectively. The placement calculation is based on all
graduates, including those that completed manufacturer specific
advanced training programs, from October 1, 2004 to
September 30, 2005 and October 1, 2003 to
September 30, 2004, respectively. For fiscal 2005, UTI had
10,568 total graduates, of which 10,300 were available for
employment. Of those graduates available for employment, 9,367
were employed at the time of reporting, for a total of 91%. For
fiscal 2004, UTI had 9,063 graduates, of which 8,780 were
available for employment. Of those graduates available for
employment, 7,790 were employed at the time of reporting, for a
total of 89%. In an effort to maintain our high placement rates,
we offer an on-going program of employment search
10
assistance to our students. Our schools develop job
opportunities and referrals, instruct active students on
employment search and interviewing skills, provide access to
reference materials and assistance with the composition of
resumes. We also seek out employers who may participate in our
Tuition Reimbursement Incentive Program (TRIP), whereby
employers assist our graduates with their tuition obligation by
paying back a portion or all of their student loans. We believe
that our employment services program provides our students with
a more compelling value proposition and enhances the employment
opportunities for our graduates.
Faculty
and Employees
Faculty members are hired nationally in accordance with
established criteria, applicable accreditation standards and
applicable state regulations. Members of our faculty are
primarily industry professionals and are hired based on their
prior work and educational experience. We require a specific
level of industry experience in order to enhance the quality of
the programs we offer and to address current and
industry-specific issues in the course content. We provide
intensive instructional training and continuing education to our
faculty members to maintain the quality of instruction in all
fields of study. Generally, our existing instructors have
between four and seven years teaching experience and our average
undergraduate
student-to-teacher
ratio is approximately
22-to-1.
Each schools support team typically includes a school
director, an education director, an admissions director, a
financial-aid director, a student services director, and an
employment services director. As of September 30, 2006, we
had approximately 2,360 full-time employees, including
approximately 600 student support employees and approximately
970 full-time instructors.
Our employees are not represented by labor unions and are not
subject to collective bargaining agreements. We have never
experienced a work stoppage, and we believe that we have a good
relationship with our employees. However, if we open new
campuses, we may encounter employees who desire or maintain
union representation.
Competition
Our main competitors are traditional two-year junior and
community colleges and other proprietary career-oriented and
technical schools, including Lincoln Technical Institute, a
wholly-owned subsidiary of Lincoln Educational Services
Corporation, and Wyoming Technical Institute, which is owned by
Corinthian Colleges, Inc. We compete at a local and regional
level based primarily on the content, visibility and
accessibility of academic programs, the quality of instruction
and the time necessary to enter the workforce. We believe that
our industry relationships, size, brand recognition, reputation
and nationwide recruiting system provide UTI a competitive
advantage.
Environmental
Matters
We use hazardous materials at our training facilities and
campuses, and generate small quantities of waste such as used
oil, antifreeze, paint and car batteries. As a result, our
facilities and operations are subject to a variety of
environmental laws and regulations governing, among other
things, the use, storage and disposal of solid and hazardous
substances and waste, and the
clean-up of
contamination at our facilities or off-site locations to which
we send or have sent waste for disposal. We are also required to
obtain permits for our air emissions, and to meet operational
and maintenance requirements, including periodic testing, for an
underground storage tank located at one of our properties. In
the event we do not maintain compliance with any of these laws
and regulations, or are responsible for a spill or release of
hazardous materials, we could incur significant costs for
clean-up,
damages, and fines or penalties.
Regulatory
Environment
Our schools and students participate in a variety of
government-sponsored financial aid programs to assist students
in paying the cost of their education. The largest source of
such support is the federal programs of student financial
assistance under Title IV of the Higher Education Act of
1965, as amended, commonly referred to as Title IV
Programs, which are administered by the U.S. Department of
Education (ED). In our 2006 fiscal year, we derived
approximately 73% of our net revenues from Title IV
Programs.
11
To participate in Title IV Programs, a school must be
authorized to offer its programs of instruction by relevant
state education agencies, be accredited by an accrediting
commission recognized by ED, and be certified as an eligible
institution by ED. For these reasons, our schools are subject to
extensive regulatory requirements imposed by all of these
entities.
State
Authorization
Each of our schools must be authorized by the applicable state
education agency of the state in which the school is located to
operate and to grant degrees, diplomas or certificates to its
students. Our schools are subject to extensive, ongoing
regulation by each of these states. State authorization is also
required for an institution to become and remain eligible to
participate in Title IV Programs. In addition, our schools
are required to be authorized by the applicable state education
agencies of certain other states in which our schools recruit
students. Currently, each of our schools is authorized by the
applicable state education agency or agencies.
The level of regulatory oversight varies substantially from
state to state, and is very extensive in some states. State laws
typically establish standards for instruction, qualifications of
faculty, location and nature of facilities and equipment,
administrative procedures, marketing, recruiting, financial
operations and other operational matters. State laws and
regulations may limit our ability to offer educational programs
and to award degrees, diplomas or certificates. Some states
prescribe standards of financial responsibility that are
different from, and in certain cases more stringent than, those
prescribed by ED, and some states require schools to post a
surety bond. Currently, we have posted surety bonds on behalf of
our schools and education representatives with multiple states
in a total amount of approximately $14.5 million. We
believe that each of our schools is in substantial compliance
with state education agency requirements. If any one of our
schools lost its authorization from the education agency of the
state in which the school is located, that school would be
unable to offer its programs and we could be forced to close
that school. If one of our schools lost its authorization from a
state other than the state in which the school is located, that
school would not be able to recruit students in that state.
Due to state budget constraints in some of the states in which
we operate such as Illinois, Texas and California, it is
possible that those states may reduce the number of employees
in, or curtail the operations of, the state education agencies
that authorize our schools. A delay or refusal by any state
education agency in approving any changes in our operations that
require state approval, such as the opening of a new campus, the
introduction of new programs, a change of control or the hiring
or placement of new education representatives, could prevent us
from making or delay our ability to make such changes.
Accreditation
Accreditation is a non-governmental process through which a
school submits to ongoing qualitative review by an organization
of peer institutions. Accrediting commissions primarily examine
the academic quality of the schools instructional
programs, and a grant of accreditation is generally viewed as
confirmation that the schools programs meet generally
accepted academic standards. Accrediting commissions also review
the administrative and financial operations of the schools they
accredit to ensure that each school has the resources necessary
to perform its educational mission.
Accreditation by an accrediting commission recognized by ED is
required for an institution to be certified to participate in
Title IV Programs. In order to be recognized by ED,
accrediting commissions must adopt specific standards for their
review of educational institutions. All of our schools are
accredited by the Accrediting Commission of Career Schools and
Colleges of Technology, or ACCSCT, an accrediting commission
recognized by ED. With the exception of our NASCAR Technical
Institute (NTI), our Exton, Pennsylvania campus, our Norwood,
Massachusetts campus, and our Sacramento, California campus, all
of our campuses are on the same accreditation cycle, having
achieved a five-year grant of accreditation in February 2004.
NTI received a five-year grant of accreditation in December
2003. Our Exton, Pennsylvania campus received its initial
two-year grant of accreditation in October 2004 and is currently
awaiting notification from ACCSCT on its application for renewal
of accreditation. Our Norwood, Massachusetts campus received its
initial two-year grant of accreditation in July 2005. Our
Sacramento, California campus received its initial two-year
grant of accreditation effective December 2005. We believe that
each of our schools is in substantial compliance with ACCSCT
accreditation standards. If any one of
12
our schools lost its accreditation, students attending that
school would no longer be eligible to receive Title IV
Program funding, and we could be forced to close that school. An
accrediting commission may place a school on reporting
status to monitor one or more specified areas of
performance in relation to the accreditation standards. A school
placed on reporting status is required to report periodically to
the accrediting commission on that schools performance in
the area or areas specified by the commission. Currently, none
of our campuses are on reporting status.
Nature of
Federal and State Support for Post-Secondary Education
The federal government provides a substantial part of its
support for post-secondary education through Title IV
Programs, in the form of grants and loans to students who can
use those funds at any institution that has been certified as
eligible by ED. Most aid under Title IV Programs is awarded
on the basis of financial need, generally defined as the
difference between the cost of attending the institution and the
amount a student can reasonably contribute to that cost. All
recipients of Title IV Program funds must maintain a
satisfactory grade point average and make timely progress toward
completion of their program of study. In addition, each school
must ensure that Title IV Program funds are properly
accounted for and disbursed in the correct amounts to eligible
students.
Students at our schools receive grants and loans to fund their
education under the following Title IV Programs:
(1) the Federal Family Education Loan, or FFEL, program,
(2) the Federal Pell Grant, or Pell, program, (3) the
Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant, or FSEOG,
program, and (4) the Federal Perkins Loan, or Perkins,
program.
FFEL. Under the FFEL program, banks and
other lending institutions make loans to students or their
parents. If a student or parent defaults on a loan, payment is
guaranteed by a federally recognized guaranty agency, which is
then reimbursed by ED. Students with financial need qualify for
interest subsidies while in school and during grace periods. In
our 2006 fiscal year, we derived more than 60% of our net
revenues from the FFEL program.
Pell. Under the Pell program, ED makes
grants to students who demonstrate financial need. In our 2006
fiscal year, we derived approximately 8% of our net revenues
from the Pell program.
FSEOG. FSEOG grants are designed to
supplement Pell grants for students with the greatest financial
need. We are required to provide funding for 25% of all awards
made under this program. In our 2006 fiscal year, we derived
less than 1% of our net revenues from the FSEOG program.
Perkins. Perkins loans are made from a
revolving institutional account in which 75% of new funding is
capitalized by ED and the remainder by the institution. Each
institution is responsible for collecting payments on Perkins
loans from its former students and lending those funds to
currently enrolled students. Defaults by students on their
Perkins loans reduce the amount of funds available in the
schools revolving account to make loans to additional
students, but the school does not have any obligation to
guarantee the loans or repay the defaulted amounts. For the
federal award year that extends from July 1, 2006 through
June 30, 2007, ED will not disburse any new federal funds
to any schools for Perkins loans due to federal appropriations
limitations, but schools may continue to make new Perkins loans
to students out of their existing revolving accounts. In our
2006 fiscal year, we derived less than 1% of our net revenues
from the Perkins program.
Some of our students receive financial aid from federal sources
other than Title IV Programs, such as the programs
administered by the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs and
under the Workforce Investment Act. In addition, many states
also provide financial aid to our students in the form of
grants, loans or scholarships. The eligibility requirements for
state financial aid and other federal aid programs vary among
the funding agencies and by program. Several states that provide
financial aid to our students, including California, are facing
significant budgetary constraints. We believe that the overall
level of state financial aid for our students may decrease in
the near term, but we cannot predict how significant any such
reductions will be or how long they will last.
Regulation
of Federal Student Financial Aid Programs
To participate in Title IV Programs, an institution must be
authorized to offer its programs by the relevant state education
agencies, be accredited by an accrediting commission recognized
by ED and be certified as eligible by
13
ED. ED will certify an institution to participate in
Title IV Programs only after the institution has
demonstrated compliance with the Higher Education Act and
EDs extensive regulations regarding institutional
eligibility. An institution must also demonstrate its compliance
to ED on an ongoing basis. All of our schools are certified to
participate in Title IV Programs.
EDs Title IV Program standards are applied primarily
on an institutional basis, with an institution defined by ED as
a main campus and its additional locations, if any. Under this
definition for ED purposes we have the following three
institutions:
|
|
|
|
|
Universal Technical Institute of Arizona, Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
Main campus:
|
Universal Technical Institute, Avondale, Arizona
|
|
|
|
|
Additional locations:
|
Universal Technical Institute, Glendale Heights, Illinois
|
Universal
Technical Institute, Rancho Cucamonga, California
NASCAR
Technical Institute, Mooresville, North Carolina
Universal
Technical Institute, Norwood, Massachusetts
|
|
|
|
|
Universal Technical Institute of Phoenix, Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
Main campus:
|
Universal Technical Institute, Motorcycle Mechanics Institute
division, Phoenix, Arizona
|
|
|
|
|
Additional locations:
|
Universal Technical Institute, Sacramento, California
|
Universal
Technical Institute, Orlando Florida
|
|
|
|
Divisions:
|
Motorcycle Mechanics Institute, Orlando, Florida
|
Marine
Mechanics Institute, Orlando, Florida
Automotive,
Orlando, Florida
|
|
|
|
|
Universal Technical Institute of Texas, Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
Main campus:
|
Universal Technical Institute, Houston, Texas
|
|
|
|
|
Additional location:
|
Universal Technical Institute, Exton, Pennsylvania
|
In July 2006, ED began its recertification process for our
campuses. It completed its review of the Houston, Texas campus
and did not impose provisional certification requirements. ED
has not completed its review of the other two main campus
locations, however, they continue to function as approved
campuses without provisional certification requirements.
The substantial amount of federal funds disbursed through
Title IV Programs, the large number of students and
institutions participating in those programs and instances of
fraud and abuse by some schools and students in the past have
caused Congress to require ED to exercise significant regulatory
oversight over schools participating in Title IV Programs.
Accrediting commissions and state education agencies also have
responsibility for overseeing compliance of institutions with
Title IV Program requirements. As a result, each of our
institutions is subject to detailed oversight and review, and
must comply with a complex framework of laws and regulations.
Because ED periodically revises its regulations and changes its
interpretation of existing laws and regulations, we cannot
predict with certainty how the Title IV Program
requirements will be applied in all circumstances.
Significant factors relating to Title IV Programs that
could adversely affect us include the following:
Congressional Action. Political and
budgetary concerns significantly affect Title IV Programs.
Congress has historically reauthorized the Higher Education Act
approximately every six years, which last occurred in 1998. From
2004 to 2006, Congress temporarily extended and re-extended most
of the current provisions of the Higher Education Act, pending
completion of the formal reauthorization process. The most
recent extension is through June 30, 2007. Additionally, in
February 2006, the Higher Education Reconciliation Act (HERA)
was enacted which made changes to a number of provisions that
affect the private post-secondary education sector, but did not
address the Higher Education Act. These changes included:
increasing the annual loan limits for the FFEL program, a
modification of the definition of an academic year for clock
hour schools, elimination of certain restrictions
14
relating to distance education programs, a change in the rules
governing need analysis and cost of attendance in relation to
Title IV funding, adjustments to the definition of program
eligibility for Title IV and changes relating to
Title IV refunds and student eligibility for Title IV
funds. There are still a number of proposed changes relating to
the Higher Education Act that have not been passed by Congress,
including changes to the 90/10 Rule, creation of a single
definition for all higher education institutions, and broader
transferability of credit between nationally and regionally
accredited institutions.
We believe that Congress will either complete its
reauthorization of the HEA or further extend additional
provisions of the HEA in 2007. Numerous changes to the HEA are
likely to result from the reauthorization and possibly from any
extension of the remaining provisions of the HEA, but at this
time we cannot predict all of the changes that Congress will
ultimately make. In addition, Congress reviews and determines
federal appropriations for Title IV Programs on an annual
basis. Since a significant percentage of our net revenues is
derived from Title IV Programs, any action by Congress that
significantly reduces Title IV Program funding or the
ability of our schools or students to participate in
Title IV Programs could reduce our student enrollment and
net revenues. Congressional action may also increase our
administrative costs and require us to modify our practices in
order for our schools to comply with Title IV Program
requirements.
The 90/10 Rule. A
proprietary institution loses its eligibility to participate in
Title IV Programs if, on a cash accounting basis, it
derives more than 90% of its revenue, as defined by ED
regulations, for any fiscal year from Title IV Programs.
Any institution that violates this rule becomes ineligible to
participate in Title IV Programs as of the first day of the
fiscal year following the fiscal year in which it exceeds 90%,
and is unable to apply to regain its eligibility until the next
fiscal year. If one of our institutions violated the 90/10 Rule
and became ineligible to participate in Title IV Programs
but continued to disburse Title IV Program funds, ED would
require the institution to repay all Title IV Program funds
received by the institution after the effective date of the loss
of eligibility.
We have calculated for each of our 2004, 2005 and 2006 fiscal
years, none of our institutions derived more than 90% of its
revenue from Title IV Programs for any fiscal year. For our
2006 fiscal year, our institutions 90/10 Rule percentages
ranged from 72% to 75%. We regularly monitor compliance with
this requirement to minimize the risk that any of our
institutions would derive more than the maximum percentage of
its revenue from Title IV Programs for any fiscal year.
Student Loan Defaults. An
institution may lose its eligibility to participate in some or
all Title IV Programs if the rates at which the
institutions current and former students default on their
federal student loans exceed specified percentages. ED
calculates these rates based on the number of students who have
defaulted, not the dollar amount of such defaults. ED calculates
an institutions cohort default rate on an annual basis as
the rate at which borrowers scheduled to begin repayment on
their loans in one year default on those loans by the end of the
next year. An institution whose FFEL cohort default rate is 25%
or greater for three consecutive federal fiscal years ending
September 30 loses eligibility to participate in the FFEL
and Pell programs for the remainder of the federal fiscal year
in which ED determines that such institution has lost its
eligibility and for the two subsequent federal fiscal years. An
institution whose FFEL cohort default rate for any single
federal fiscal year exceeds 40% may have its eligibility to
participate in all Title IV Programs limited, suspended or
terminated by ED.
None of our institutions has had an FFEL cohort default rate of
25% or greater for any of the federal fiscal years 2002, 2003
and 2004, the three most recent years for which ED has published
such rates. The following table sets forth the FFEL cohort
default rates for our institutions for those years.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FFEL Cohort Default Rate
|
|
Institution
|
|
2002
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
Universal Technical Institute of
Arizona, Inc.
|
|
|
7.5
|
%
|
|
|
5.9
|
%
|
|
|
6.7
|
%
|
Universal Technical Institute of
Phoenix, Inc.
|
|
|
7.4
|
%
|
|
|
6.9
|
%
|
|
|
10.2
|
%
|
Universal Technical Institute of
Texas, Inc.
|
|
|
11.2
|
%
|
|
|
10.0
|
%
|
|
|
11.9
|
%
|
An institution whose cohort default rate under the FFEL program
is 25% or greater for any one of the three most recent federal
fiscal years, or whose cohort default rate under the Perkins
program exceeds 15% for any federal award year, the twelve-month
period from July 1 through June 30, may be placed on
provisional certification status by ED for up to four years.
15
An institution whose Perkins cohort default rate is 50% or
greater for three consecutive federal award years loses
eligibility to participate in the Perkins program and must
liquidate its loan portfolio. None of our institutions has had a
Perkins cohort default rate of 50% or greater for any of the
last three federal award years. ED also will not provide any
additional federal funds to an institution for Perkins loans in
any federal award year in which the institutions Perkins
cohort default rate is 25% or greater. All of our institutions
have Perkins cohort default rates less than 15% for students who
were scheduled to begin repayment in the federal award year
ended June 30, 2004, the most recent federal award year for
which ED has published such rates. None of our institutions has
had its federal Perkins funding eliminated for the past three
federal award years for this reason. For the federal award year
ending June 30, 2007, ED will not disburse any new federal
funds to any schools for Perkins loans due to federal
appropriations limitations. In our 2006 fiscal year, we derived
less than 1% of our net revenues from the Perkins program.
Financial Responsibility Standards. All
institutions participating in Title IV Programs must
satisfy specific standards of financial responsibility. ED
evaluates institutions for compliance with these standards each
year, based on the institutions annual audited financial
statements, as well as following a change of control of the
institution.
The most significant financial responsibility measurement is the
institutions composite score which is calculated by ED
based on three ratios:
|
|
|
|
|
the equity ratio which measures the institutions capital
resources ability to borrow and financial viability;
|
|
|
|
the primary reserve ratio which measures the institutions
ability to support current operations from expendable
resources; and
|
|
|
|
the net income ratio which measures the institutions
ability to operate at a profit.
|
ED assigns a strength factor to the results of each of these
ratios on a scale from negative 1.0 to positive 3.0, with
negative 1.0 reflecting financial weakness and positive 3.0
reflecting financial strength. ED then assigns a weighting
percentage to each ratio and adds the weighted scores for the
three ratios together to produce a composite score for the
institution. The composite score must be at least 1.5 for the
institution to be deemed financially responsible without the
need for further oversight. If ED determines that an institution
does not satisfy EDs financial responsibility standards,
depending on its composite score and other factors, that
institution may establish its financial responsibility on an
alternative basis by:
|
|
|
|
|
posting a letter of credit in an amount equal to at least 50% of
the total Title IV Program funds received by the
institution during the institutions most recently
completed fiscal year;
|
|
|
|
posting a letter of credit in an amount equal to at least 10% of
such prior years Title IV Program funds, accepting
provisional certification, complying with additional ED
monitoring requirements and agreeing to receive Title IV
Program funds under an arrangement other than EDs standard
advance funding arrangement; or
|
|
|
|
complying with additional ED monitoring requirements and
agreeing to receive Title IV Program funds under an
arrangement other than EDs standard advance funding
arrangement.
|
ED has historically evaluated the financial condition of our
institutions on a consolidated basis based on the financial
statements of Universal Technical Institute, Inc., as the parent
company. EDs regulations permit ED to examine the
financial statements of Universal Technical Institute, Inc., the
financial statements of each institution and the financial
statements of any related party. UTIs composite score has
exceeded the required minimum composite score of 1.5 since
September 30, 2004.
Return of Title IV Funds. A school
participating in Title IV Programs must calculate the
amount of unearned Title IV Program funds that have been
disbursed to students who withdraw from their educational
programs before completing them. The institution must return
those unearned funds to ED or the applicable lending institution
in a timely manner, which is generally within 45 days from
the date the institution determines that the student has
withdrawn.
If an institution is cited in an audit or program review for
returning Title IV Program funds late for 5% or more of the
students in the audit or program review, the institution must
post a letter of credit in favor of ED in an amount
16
equal to 25% of the total amount of Title IV Program funds
that should have been returned for students who withdrew in the
institutions previous fiscal year. Our fiscal year 2005
and 2006 Title IV compliance audits did not cite any of our
institutions for exceeding the 5% late payment threshold.
School Acquisitions. When a company
acquires a school that is eligible to participate in
Title IV Programs, that school undergoes a change of
ownership resulting in a change of control as defined by ED.
Upon such a change of control, a schools eligibility to
participate in Title IV Programs is generally suspended
until it has applied for recertification by ED as an eligible
school under its new ownership which requires that the school
also re-establish its state authorization and accreditation. ED
may temporarily and provisionally certify an institution seeking
approval of a change of control under certain circumstances
while ED reviews the institutions application. The time
required for ED to act on such an application may vary
substantially. EDs recertification of an institution
following a change of control may be on a provisional basis. Our
expansion plans would be based, in part, on our ability to
acquire additional schools and have them certified by ED to
participate in Title IV Programs. Our expansion plans take
into account the approval requirements of ED and the relevant
state education agencies and accrediting commissions.
Change of Control. In addition to
school acquisitions, other types of transactions can also cause
a change of control. ED, most state education agencies and our
accrediting commission all have standards pertaining to the
change of control of schools, but these standards are not
uniform. EDs regulations describe some transactions that
constitute a change of control, including the transfer of a
controlling interest in the voting stock of an institution or
the institutions parent corporation. With respect to a
publicly-traded corporation, ED regulations provide that a
change of control occurs in one of two ways: (a) if there
is an event that would obligate the corporation to file a
Current Report on
Form 8-K
with the Securities and Exchange Commission disclosing a change
of control or (b) if the corporation has a stockholder that
owns at least 25% of the total outstanding voting stock of the
corporation and is the largest stockholder of the corporation,
and that stockholder ceases to own at least 25% of such stock or
ceases to be the largest stockholder. These change of control
standards are subject to interpretation by ED. Most of the
states and our accrediting commission include the sale of a
controlling interest of common stock in the definition of a
change of control. A change of control under the definition of
one of these agencies would require the affected school to
reaffirm its state authorization and accreditation. The
requirements to obtain such reaffirmation from the states and
our accrediting commission vary widely.
A change of control could occur as a result of future
transactions in which our company or schools are involved. Some
corporate reorganizations and some changes in the board of
directors are examples of such transactions. Moreover, the
potential adverse effects of a change of control could influence
future decisions by us and our stockholders regarding the sale,
purchase, transfer, issuance or redemption of our stock. If a
future transaction results in a change of control of our company
or our schools, we believe that we will be able to obtain all
necessary approvals from ED, our accrediting commission and the
applicable state education agencies. However, we cannot assure
you that all such approvals can be obtained at all or in a
timely manner that will not delay or reduce the availability of
Title IV Program funds for our students and schools.
Opening Additional Schools and Adding Educational
Programs. For-profit educational institutions
must be authorized by their state education agencies and be
fully operational for two years before applying to ED to
participate in Title IV Programs. However, an institution
that is certified to participate in Title IV Programs may
establish an additional location and apply to participate in
Title IV Programs at that location without regard to the
two-year requirement, if such additional location satisfies all
other applicable ED eligibility requirements. Our expansion
plans are based, in part, on our ability to open new schools as
additional locations of our existing institutions and take into
account EDs approval requirements. Currently, all of
our campuses are eligible to offer Title IV Program funding.
A student may use Title IV Program funds only to pay the
costs associated with enrollment in an eligible educational
program offered by an institution participating in Title IV
Programs. Generally, an institution that is eligible to
participate in Title IV Programs may add a new educational
program without ED approval if that new program leads to an
associate level or higher degree and the institution already
offers programs at that level, or if that program meets minimum
length requirements and prepares students for gainful employment
in the same or a related occupation as an educational program
that has previously been designated as an eligible program at
that institution.
17
If an institution erroneously determines that an educational
program is eligible for purposes of Title IV Programs, the
institution would likely be liable for repayment of
Title IV Program funds provided to students in that
educational program. Our expansion plans are based, in part, on
our ability to add new educational programs at our existing
schools. We do not believe that current ED regulations will
create significant obstacles to our plans to add new programs.
Some of the state education agencies and our accrediting
commission also have requirements that may affect our
schools ability to open a new campus, establish an
additional location of an existing institution or begin offering
a new educational program. We do not believe that these
standards will create significant obstacles to our expansion
plans.
Administrative Capability. ED assesses
the administrative capability of each institution that
participates in Title IV Programs under a series of
separate standards. Failure to satisfy any of the standards may
lead ED to find the institution ineligible to participate in
Title IV Programs or to place the institution on
provisional certification as a condition of its participation.
One standard that applies to programs with the stated objective
of preparing students for employment requires the institution to
show a reasonable relationship between the length of the program
and the entry-level job requirements of the relevant field of
employment. We believe we have made the required showing for
each of our applicable programs.
Restrictions on Payment of Commissions, Bonuses and Other
Incentive Payments. An institution
participating in Title IV Programs may not provide any
commission, bonus or other incentive payment based directly or
indirectly on success in securing enrollments or financial aid
to any person or entity engaged in any student recruiting or
admission activities or in making decisions regarding the
awarding of Title IV Program funds. ED regulations do not
establish clear criteria for complying with this law in all
circumstances and ED has announced that it will no longer review
and approve individual schools compensation plans.
Nonetheless, we believe that our current compensation plans are
in compliance with the Higher Education Act and EDs
regulations although we cannot assure you that ED will not find
deficiencies in our compensation plans.
Eligibility and Certification
Procedures. Each institution must apply to ED
for continued certification to participate in Title IV
Programs at least every six years, or when it undergoes a change
of control. Further, an institution may come under ED review
when it expands its activities in certain ways such as opening
an additional location or raising the highest academic
credential it offers. ED may place an institution on provisional
certification status if it finds that the institution does not
fully satisfy all of the ED eligibility and certification
standards. ED may withdraw an institutions provisional
certification without advance notice if ED determines that the
institution is not fulfilling all material requirements. In
addition, ED may more closely review an institution that is
provisionally certified if it applies for approval to open a new
location, add an educational program, acquire another school or
make any other significant change. Provisional certification
does not otherwise limit an institutions access to
Title IV Program funds.
All of our existing institutions were due for recertification in
July 2006. Our Avondale and Phoenix campuses main
locations recertification applications were submitted on
March 30, 2006 and are under review, but the schools and
their additional locations remain approved provisionally until
ED completes its review. The Houston campus and its additional
location are fully certified with a Program Participation
Agreement (PPA) expiration date of March 31, 2012.
Compliance with Regulatory Standards and Effect of
Regulatory Violations. Our schools are
subject to audits and program compliance reviews by various
external agencies, including ED, EDs Office of Inspector
General, state education agencies, student loan guaranty
agencies, the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs and our
accrediting commission. Each of our institutions
administration of Title IV Program funds must also be
audited annually by an independent accounting firm and the
resulting audit report submitted to ED for review. If ED or
another regulatory agency determined that one of our
institutions improperly disbursed Title IV Program funds or
violated a provision of the Higher Education Act or EDs
regulations that institution could be required to repay such
funds and could be assessed an administrative fine. ED could
also transfer the institution to the reimbursement system of
receiving Title IV Program funds under which an institution
must disburse its own funds to students and document the
students eligibility for Title IV Program funds
before receiving reimbursement of such funds from
18
ED. Violations of Title IV Program requirements could also
subject us or our schools to other civil and criminal penalties.
Significant violations of Title IV Program requirements by
us or any of our institutions could be the basis for a
proceeding by ED to limit, suspend or terminate the
participation of the affected institution in Title IV
Programs. Generally, such a termination extends for
18 months before the institution may apply for
reinstatement of its participation. There is no ED proceeding
pending to fine any of our institutions or to limit, suspend or
terminate any of our institutions participation in
Title IV Programs, and we have no reason to believe that
any such proceeding is contemplated.
We and our schools are also subject to complaints and lawsuits
relating to regulatory compliance brought not only by our
regulatory agencies, but also by other government agencies and
third parties such as present or former students or employees
and other members of the public. If we are unable to
successfully resolve or defend against any such complaint or
lawsuit, we may be required to pay money damages or be subject
to fines, limitations, loss of federal funding, injunctions or
other penalties. Moreover, even if we successfully resolve or
defend against any such complaint or lawsuit, we may have to
devote significant financial and management resources in order
to reach such a result.
Predominant Use of One Lender and Two Guaranty
Agencies. Our students have traditionally
received their FFEL student loans from a limited number of
lending institutions. For example, in our 2006 fiscal year, one
lending institution, Sallie Mae, provided more than 95% of the
FFEL loans that our students received. In addition, in our 2006
fiscal year, two student loan guaranty agencies, EdFund and
United Student Aid Funds (USAF), guaranteed approximately 30%
and 70%, respectively, of the FFEL loans made to our students.
Sallie Mae, EdFund and USAF are among the largest student loan
lending institutions and guaranty agencies in the United States
in terms of loan volume. We do not believe that any of these
institutions intends to withdraw from the student loan field or
reduce the volume of loans it makes or guarantees in the near
future. If loans by our primary lender or guarantees by our
primary guaranty agencies were significantly reduced or no
longer available, we believe that we would be able to identify
other lenders and guarantors to make and guarantee those loans
for our students because the student loan industry is highly
competitive and we are frequently approached by other lenders
and guarantors seeking our business. If we were not able to
timely identify other lenders and guarantors to make and
guarantee those loans for our students, it could delay our
students receipt of their loans, extend our tuition
collection cycle and reduce our student population and net
revenues.
Cautionary Statements Under the Private Securities Litigation
Reform Act of 1995:
Our disclosure and analysis in this 2006
Form 10-K
contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of
Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, which
include information relating to future events, future financial
performance, strategies, expectations, competitive environment,
regulation and availability of resources. From time to time, we
also provide forward-looking statements in other materials we
release to the public as well as verbal forward-looking
statements. These forward-looking statements include, without
limitation, statements regarding: proposed new programs;
scheduled openings of new campuses and campus expansions;
expectations that regulatory developments or other matters will
not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial
position, results of operations or liquidity; statements
concerning projections, predictions, expectations, estimates or
forecasts as to our business, financial and operational results
and future economic performance; and statements of
managements goals and objectives and other similar
expressions. Such statements give our current expectations or
forecasts of future events; they do not relate strictly to
historical or current facts. Words such as may,
will, should, could,
would, predicts, potential,
continue, expects,
anticipates, future,
intends, plans, believes,
estimates, and similar expressions, as well as
statements in future tense, identify forward-looking
statements.
We cannot guarantee that any forward-looking statement will
be realized, although we believe we have been prudent in our
plans and assumptions. Achievement of future results is subject
to risks, uncertainties and potentially inaccurate assumptions.
Many events beyond our control may determine whether results we
anticipate will be achieved. Should known or unknown risks or
uncertainties materialize, or should underlying assumptions
prove
19
inaccurate, actual results could differ materially from past
results and those anticipated, estimated or projected. You
should bear this in mind as you consider forward-looking
statements.
We undertake no obligation to publicly update forward-looking
statements, whether as a result of new information, future
events or otherwise. You are advised, however, to consult any
further disclosures we make on related subjects in our
Form 10-Q
and 8-K
reports to the SEC. Also note that we provide the following
cautionary discussion of risks, uncertainties and possibly
inaccurate assumptions relevant to our business. These are
factors that, individually or in the aggregate, we think could
cause our actual results to differ materially from expected and
historical results. We note these factors for investors as
permitted by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of
1995. You should understand that it is not possible to predict
or identify all such factors. Consequently, you should not
consider the following to be a complete discussion of all
potential risks or uncertainties.
Risks
Related to Our Industry
Failure
of our schools to comply with the extensive regulatory
requirements for school operations could result in financial
penalties, restrictions on our operations and loss of external
financial aid funding.
In our 2006 fiscal year, we derived approximately 73% of our net
revenues from federal student financial aid programs, referred
to in this report as Title IV Programs, administered by ED.
To participate in Title IV Programs, a school must receive
and maintain authorization by the appropriate state education
agencies, be accredited by an accrediting commission recognized
by ED and be certified as an eligible institution by ED. As a
result, our undergraduate schools are subject to extensive
regulation by the state education agencies, our accrediting
commission and ED. These regulatory requirements cover the vast
majority of our operations, including our undergraduate
educational programs, facilities, instructional and
administrative staff, administrative procedures, marketing,
recruiting, financial operations and financial condition. These
regulatory requirements also affect our ability to acquire or
open additional schools, add new, or expand our existing,
undergraduate educational programs and change our corporate
structure and ownership. Most ED requirements are applied on an
institutional basis, with an institution defined by ED as a main
campus and its additional locations, if any. Under EDs
definition, we have three such institutions. The state education
agencies, our accrediting commission and ED periodically revise
their requirements and modify their interpretations of existing
requirements.
If our schools failed to comply with any of these regulatory
requirements, our regulatory agencies could impose monetary
penalties, place limitations on our schools operations,
terminate our schools ability to grant degrees, diplomas
and certificates, revoke our schools accreditation or
terminate their eligibility to receive Title IV Program
funds, each of which could adversely affect our financial
condition and results of operations and impose significant
operating restrictions upon us. In addition, the loss by any of
our institutions of its accreditation necessary for
Title IV Program eligibility, or the loss of any such
institutions eligibility to participate in Title IV
Programs, in each case that is not cured within a specified
period, constitutes an event of default under our credit
facility agreement. We cannot predict with certainty how all of
these regulatory requirements will be applied or whether each of
our schools will be able to comply with all of the requirements
in the future. We believe that we have described the most
significant regulatory risks that apply to our schools in the
following paragraphs.
Congress
may change the law or reduce funding for Title IV Programs
which could reduce our student population, net revenues
and/or
profit margin.
Congress periodically revises the Higher Education Act of 1965,
as amended, and other laws governing Title IV Programs and
annually determines the funding level for each Title IV
Program. In 2006, Congress progressed in reauthorizing the
Higher Education Act, however, reauthorization is not complete.
Any action by Congress that significantly reduces funding for
Title IV Programs or the ability of our schools or students
to receive funding through these programs could reduce our
student population and net revenues. Congressional action may
also require us to modify our practices in ways that could
result in increased administrative costs and decreased profit
margin.
20
If our
schools do not maintain their state authorizations, they may not
operate or participate in Title IV Programs.
A school that grants degrees, diplomas or certificates must be
authorized by the relevant education agency of the state in
which it is located. Requirements for authorization vary
substantially among states. State authorization is also required
for students to be eligible for funding under Title IV
Programs. Loss of state authorization by any of our schools from
the education agency of the state in which the school is located
would end that schools eligibility to participate in
Title IV Programs and could cause us to close the school.
If our
schools do not maintain their accreditation, they may not
participate in Title IV Programs.
A school must be accredited by an accrediting commission
recognized by ED in order to participate in Title IV
Programs. Loss of accreditation by any of our schools would end
that schools participation in Title IV Programs and
could cause us to close the school.
Our
schools may lose eligibility to participate in Title IV
Programs if the percentage of their revenue derived from those
programs is too high which could reduce our student
population.
A for-profit institution loses its eligibility to participate in
Title IV Programs if on a cash accounting basis it derives
more than 90% of its revenue, as defined pursuant to applicable
ED regulations, from those programs in any fiscal year. In our
2006 fiscal year, under the regulatory formula prescribed by ED,
none of our institutions derived more than 75% of its revenues
from Title IV Programs. If any of our institutions loses
eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs, such a
loss would adversely affect our students access to various
government-sponsored student financial aid programs, which could
reduce our student population. We regularly monitor compliance
with this requirement in order to minimize the risk that any of
our institutions would derive more than the applicable
thresholds of its revenue from the Title IV Programs for
any fiscal year. If an institution appears likely to approach
the threshold, we will evaluate the appropriateness of making
changes in student funding and financing to ensure compliance
with the 90/10 Rule.
Our
schools may lose eligibility to participate in Title IV
Programs if their student loan default rates are too high, which
could reduce our student population.
An institution may lose its eligibility to participate in some
or all Title IV Programs if its former students default on
the repayment of their federal student loans in excess of
specified levels. Based upon the most recent student loan
default rates published by ED, none of our institutions has
student loan default rates that exceed the specified levels.
However, the most recent official student loan default rates
published by ED for each of our institutions increased in
comparison to the prior reported year. If any of our
institutions loses eligibility to participate in Title IV
Programs because of high student loan default rates, such a loss
would adversely affect our students access to various
government-sponsored student financial aid programs which could
reduce our student population.
If we
or our schools do not meet the financial responsibility
standards prescribed by ED, we may be required to post letters
of credit or our eligibility to participate in Title IV
Programs could be terminated or limited which could reduce our
student population.
To participate in Title IV Programs, an institution must
satisfy specific measures of financial responsibility prescribed
by ED or post a letter of credit in favor of ED and possibly
accept other conditions on its participation in Title IV
Programs. We are not currently required to post a letter of
credit. We may be required to post letters of credit in the
future, which could increase our costs of regulatory compliance.
Our inability to obtain a required letter of credit or other
limitations on our participation in Title IV Programs could
limit our students access to various government-sponsored
student financial aid programs, which could reduce our student
population.
21
We are
subject to sanctions if we fail to correctly calculate and
timely return Title IV Program funds for students who
withdraw before completing their educational
programs.
A school participating in Title IV Programs must correctly
calculate the amount of unearned Title IV Program funds
that has been disbursed to students who withdraw from their
educational programs before completing them and must return
those unearned funds in a timely manner, generally within
45 days of the date the school determines that the student
has withdrawn. If the unearned funds are not properly calculated
and timely returned, we may be required to post a letter of
credit in favor of ED or be otherwise sanctioned by ED, which
could increase our cost of regulatory compliance and adversely
affect our results of operations. Based on our 2005 and 2006
fiscal year Title IV compliance audits, none of our
institutions made late returns of Title IV Program funds in
excess of EDs prescribed threshold.
We are
subject to sanctions if we pay impermissible commissions,
bonuses or other incentive payments to persons involved in
certain recruiting, admissions or financial aid
activities.
A school participating in Title IV Programs may not provide
any commission, bonus or other incentive payment based on
success in enrolling students or securing financial aid to any
person involved in any student recruiting or admission
activities or in making decisions regarding the awarding of
Title IV Program funds. The law and regulations governing
this requirement do not establish clear criteria for compliance
in all circumstances. If we violate this law we could be fined
or otherwise sanctioned by ED.
Government
and regulatory agencies and third parties may conduct compliance
reviews, bring claims or initiate litigation against
us.
Because we operate in a highly regulated industry we are subject
to compliance reviews and claims of non-compliance and lawsuits
by government agencies, regulatory agencies and third parties.
While we are committed to strict compliance with all applicable
laws, regulations and accrediting standards, if the results of
government, regulatory or third party reviews or proceedings are
unfavorable to us, or if we are unable to defend successfully
against lawsuits or claims, we may be required to pay money
damages or be subject to fines, limitations, loss of federal
funding, injunctions or other penalties. Even if we adequately
address issues raised by an agency review or successfully defend
a lawsuit or claim, we may have to divert significant financial
and management resources from our ongoing business operations to
address issues raised by those reviews or defend those lawsuits
or claims.
Our
business and stock price could be adversely affected as a result
of regulatory investigations of, or actions commenced against,
other companies in our industry.
In recent years the operations of a number of companies in the
education and training services industry have been subject to
intense regulatory scrutiny. In some cases, allegations of
wrongdoing on the part of such companies have resulted in formal
or informal investigations by the U.S. Department of
Justice, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, state
governmental agencies and ED. These actions have caused a
significant decline in the stock price of such companies. These
investigations of specific companies in the education and
training services industry could have a negative impact on our
industry as a whole and on our stock price. Furthermore, the
outcome of such investigations and any accompanying adverse
publicity could negatively affect our business.
A high
percentage of the Title IV student loans our students
receive are made by one lender and guaranteed by two guaranty
agencies.
In our 2006 fiscal year, one lender, Sallie Mae, provided more
than 95% of all FFEL loans that our students received. In
addition, in our 2006 fiscal year, two student loan guaranty
agencies, EdFund and USAF, guaranteed approximately 30% and 70%,
respectively, of the FFEL loans made to our students. Sallie
Mae, EdFund and USAF are among the largest student loan lending
institutions and guaranty agencies in the United States in terms
of loan volume. If loans made by Sallie Mae or guaranteed by
EdFund or USAF were significantly reduced or no longer available
and we were not able to timely identify other lenders and
guarantors to make and guarantee Title IV Program loans for
our students, there could be a delay in our students
receipt of their loan funds or in our tuition collection, which
would reduce our student population.
22
Budget
constraints in some states may affect our ability to obtain
necessary authorizations or approvals from those states to
conduct or change our operations.
Due to state budget constraints in some of the states in which
we operate, it is possible that some states may reduce the
number of employees in, or curtail the operations of, the state
education agencies that authorize our schools. A delay or
refusal by any state education agency in approving any changes
in our operations that require state approval, such as the
opening of a new campus, the introduction of new programs, a
change of control or the hiring or placement of new education
representatives, could prevent us from making such changes or
could delay our ability to make such changes.
Budget
constraints in states that provide state financial aid to our
students could reduce the amount of such financial aid that is
available to our students which could reduce our student
population.
A significant number of states are facing budget constraints
that are causing them to reduce state appropriations in a number
of areas. Those states which provide financial aid to our
students include California and Pennsylvania. These and other
states may decide to reduce the amount of state financial aid
that they provide to students, but we cannot predict how
significant any of these reductions will be or how long they
will last. If the level of state funding for our students
decreases and our students are not able to secure alternative
sources of funding, our student population could be reduced.
If
regulators do not approve our acquisition of a school that
participates in Title IV Program funding, the acquired
school would not be permitted to participate in Title IV
Programs, which could impair our ability to operate the acquired
school as planned or to realize the anticipated benefits from
the acquisition of that school.
If we acquire a school that participates in Title IV
Program funding, we must obtain approval from ED and applicable
state education agencies and accrediting commissions in order
for the school to be able to continue operating and
participating in Title IV Programs. An acquisition can
result in the temporary suspension of the acquired schools
participation in Title IV Programs unless we submit a
timely and materially complete application for recertification
to ED and ED grants a temporary certification. If we were unable
to timely re-establish the state authorization, accreditation or
ED certification of the acquired school, our ability to operate
the acquired school as planned or to realize the anticipated
benefits from the acquisition of that school could be impaired.
If
regulators do not approve or delay their approval of
transactions involving a change of control of our company or any
of our schools, our ability to participate in Title IV
Programs may be impaired.
If we or any of our schools experience a change of control under
the standards of applicable state education agencies, our
accrediting commission or ED, we or the affected schools must
seek the approval of the relevant regulatory agencies.
Transactions or events that constitute a change of control
include significant acquisitions or dispositions of our common
stock or significant changes in the composition of our board of
directors. Some of these transactions or events may be beyond
our control. Our failure to obtain or a delay in receiving
approval of any change of control from ED, our accrediting
commission or any state in which our schools are located could
impair our ability to participate in Title IV Programs. Our
failure to obtain or a delay in obtaining approval of any change
of control from any state in which we do not have a school but
in which we recruit students could require us to suspend our
recruitment of students in that state until we receive the
required approval. The potential adverse effects of a change of
control with respect to participation in Title IV Programs
could influence future decisions by us and our stockholders
regarding the sale, purchase, transfer, issuance or redemption
of our stock.
Risks
Related to Our Business
If we
fail to effectively fill our existing capacity, we may incur
higher than anticipated costs and expenses which may result in a
deterioration of our operating margins.
We have experienced a period of significant growth, opened new
campuses and expanded seating capacity since 1998. During fiscal
2006, our growth rate in the number of average students has
stabilized which, when combined with the additional capacity
created since 1998, has led to underutilized seating capacity
throughout
23
2006. Our efforts to fill existing seating capacity may strain
our management, operations, employees or other resources. We may
not be able to maintain our current seating capacity utilization
rates, effectively manage our operation or achieve planned
capacity utilization on a timely or profitable basis. If we are
unable to fill our underutilized seating capacity, we may
experience operating inefficiencies that likely will increase
our costs more than we had planned resulting in a deterioration
of our operating margins.
An
increase in interest rates could adversely affect our ability to
attract and retain students.
In recent years, increases in interest rates have resulted in a
less favorable borrowing environment for our students. Much of
the financing our students receive is tied to floating interest
rates. Therefore, the increase in interest rates has resulted in
a corresponding increase in the cost to our existing and
prospective students of financing their studies which has
resulted in and could result in further reductions in our
student population and net revenues. Higher interest rates could
also contribute to higher default rates with respect to our
students repayment of their education loans. Higher
default rates may in turn adversely impact our eligibility for
Title IV Program participation, which could result in a
reduction in our student population.
Lower
rates of unemployment and higher fuel prices and living expenses
could continue to affect our ability to attract and retain
students.
Although demand for our graduates remains high, our ability to
increase student enrollments is sensitive to changes in economic
conditions and other factors such as lower unemployment, higher
fuel prices and living expenses. A strong labor market across
the country coupled with affordability concerns associated with
increased gas and housing prices have made it more challenging
and expensive for us to attract and retain students. During
fiscal 2006, our growth rate for student enrollments has
declined while we have increased capacity which has caused us to
invest heavily in sales and marketing efforts and seek out
additional funding sources for our students. If these efforts
are unsuccessful, our ability to attract and retain students
could be adversely affected which could result in a further
decline in student enrollments.
Failure
on our part to maintain and expand existing industry
relationships and develop new industry relationships with our
industry customers could impair our ability to attract and
retain students.
We have an extensive set of industry relationships that we
believe affords us a significant competitive strength and
supports our market leadership. These types of relationships
enable us to support undergraduate enrollment by attracting
students through brand name recognition and the associated
prospect of high-quality employment opportunities. Additionally,
these relationships allow us to diversify funding sources,
expand the scope and increase the number of programs we offer
and reduce our costs and capital expenditures due to the fact
that, pursuant to the terms of the underlying contracts, we
provide a variety of specialized training programs and typically
do so using tools, equipment and vehicles provided by the OEMs.
These relationships also provide additional incremental revenue
opportunities from training the employees of our industry
customers. Our success depends in part on our ability to
maintain and expand our existing industry relationships and to
enter into new industry relationships. Certain of our existing
industry relationships, including those with American Honda
Motor Co., Inc.; American Suzuki Motor Corp.; Mercury Marine and
Yamaha Motor Corp., USA, are not memorialized in writing and are
based on verbal understandings. As a result, the rights of the
parties under these arrangements are less clearly defined than
they would be were they in writing. Additionally, certain of our
existing industry relationship agreements expire within the next
six months. We are currently negotiating to renew these
agreements and intend to renew them to the extent we can do so
on satisfactory terms. The reduction or elimination of, or
failure to renew any of our existing industry relationships, or
our failure to enter into new industry relationships, could
impair our ability to attract and retain students. As a result,
our market share and net revenues could decrease.
Competition
could decrease our market share and create tuition pricing
concerns.
The post-secondary education market is highly competitive. Some
traditional public and private colleges and universities, as
well as other private career-oriented schools, offer programs
that may be perceived by students to be similar to ours. Most
public institutions are able to charge lower tuition than our
schools, due in part to government
24
subsidies and other financial sources not available to
for-profit schools. Some other for-profit education providers
have greater financial and other resources which may, among
other things, allow them to secure industry relationships with
some or all of our existing OEM relationships or develop other
high profile industry relationships or devote more resources to
expanding their programs and their school network, all of which
could affect the success of our marketing programs. In addition,
some other for-profit education providers already have a more
extended or dense network of schools and campuses than we do,
thus enabling them to recruit students more effectively from a
wider geographic area.
We may limit or reduce increases to tuition or increase spending
in response to competition in order to retain or attract
students or pursue new market opportunities. As a result, our
market share, net revenues and operating margin may be
decreased. We cannot be sure that we will be able to compete
successfully against current or future competitors or that
competitive pressures faced by us will not adversely affect our
business, financial condition or results of operations.
Failure
on our part to effectively identify, establish and operate
additional schools or campuses could reduce our ability to
implement our growth strategy.
As part of our business strategy we anticipate opening and
operating new schools or campuses. Establishing new schools or
campuses poses unique challenges and requires us to make
investments in management and capital expenditures, incur
marketing expenses and devote other resources that are
different, and in some cases greater, than those required with
respect to the operation of acquired schools. Accordingly, when
we open new schools, initial investments could reduce our
profitability. To open a new school or campus, we would be
required to obtain appropriate state and accrediting commission
approvals, which may be conditioned or delayed in a manner that
could significantly affect our growth plans. In addition, to be
eligible for Title IV Program funding, a new school or
campus would have to be certified by ED. We cannot be sure that
we will be able to identify suitable expansion opportunities to
maintain or accelerate our current growth rate or that we will
be able to successfully integrate or profitably operate any new
schools or campuses. Our failure to effectively identify,
establish and manage the operations of newly established schools
or campuses could slow our growth and make any newly established
schools or campuses more costly to operate than we had planned.
Our
success depends in part on our ability to update and expand the
content of existing programs and develop new programs in a
cost-effective manner and on a timely basis.
Prospective employers of our graduates demand that their
entry-level employees possess appropriate technological skills.
These skills are becoming more sophisticated in line with
technological advancements in the automotive, diesel, collision
repair, motorcycle and marine industries. Accordingly,
educational programs at our schools should keep pace with those
technological advancements. The expansion of our existing
programs and the development of new programs may not be accepted
by our students, prospective employers or the technical
education market. Even if we are able to develop acceptable new
programs we may not be able to introduce these new programs as
quickly as the industries we serve require or as quickly as our
competitors. If we are unable to adequately respond to changes
in market requirements due to unusually rapid technological
changes or other factors, our ability to attract and retain
students could be impaired and our placement rates could suffer.
We may
not be able to retain our key personnel or hire and retain the
personnel we need to sustain and grow our
business.
Our success to date has depended, and will continue to depend,
largely on the skills, efforts and motivation of our executive
officers who generally have significant experience with our
company and within the technical education industry. Our success
also depends in large part upon our ability to attract and
retain highly qualified faculty, school directors,
administrators and corporate management. Due to the nature of
our business we face significant competition in the attraction
and retention of personnel who possess the skill sets that we
seek. In addition, key personnel may leave us and subsequently
compete against us. Furthermore, we do not currently carry
key man life insurance. The loss of the services of
any of our key personnel, or our failure to attract and retain
other qualified and experienced personnel on acceptable terms,
could impair our ability to successfully manage our business.
25
If we
are unable to hire, retain and continue to develop and train our
education representatives, the effectiveness of our student
recruiting efforts would be adversely affected.
In order to support revenue growth, we need to hire and train
new education representatives, as well as retain and continue to
develop our existing education representatives, who are our
employees dedicated to student recruitment. Our ability to
develop a strong education representative team may be affected
by a number of factors, including our ability to integrate and
motivate our education representatives; our ability to
effectively train our education representatives; the length of
time it takes new education representatives to become
productive; regulatory restrictions on the method of
compensating education representatives; the competition we face
from other companies in hiring and retaining education
representatives; and our ability to effectively manage a
multi-location educational organization. If we are unable to
hire, develop or retain our education representatives, the
effectiveness of our student recruiting efforts would be
adversely affected.
Our
financial performance depends in part on our ability to continue
to develop awareness and acceptance of our programs among high
school graduates and working adults seeking advanced
training.
The awareness of our programs among high school graduates and
working adults seeking advanced training is critical to the
continued acceptance and growth of our programs. Our inability
to continue to develop awareness of our programs could reduce
our enrollments and impair our ability to increase net revenues
or maintain profitability. The following are some of the factors
that could prevent us from successfully marketing our programs:
|
|
|
|
|
student dissatisfaction with our programs and services;
|
|
|
|
diminished access to high school student populations;
|
|
|
|
our failure to maintain or expand our brand or other factors
related to our marketing or advertising practices; and
|
|
|
|
our inability to maintain relationships with automotive, diesel,
collision repair, motorcycle and marine manufacturers and
suppliers.
|
Seasonal
and other fluctuations in our results of operations could
adversely affect the trading price of our common
stock.
In reviewing our results of operations, you should not focus on
quarter-to-quarter
comparisons. Our results in any quarter may not indicate the
results we may achieve in any subsequent quarter or for the full
year. Our net revenues normally fluctuate as a result of
seasonal variations in our business, principally due to changes
in total student population. Student population varies as a
result of new student enrollments, graduations and student
attrition. Historically, our schools have had lower student
populations in our third fiscal quarter than in the remainder of
our fiscal year because fewer students are enrolled during the
summer months. Our expenses, however, do not generally vary at
the same rate as changes in our student population and net
revenues and, as a result, such expenses do not fluctuate
significantly on a quarterly basis. We expect quarterly
fluctuations in results of operations to continue as a result of
seasonal enrollment patterns. Such patterns may change, however,
as a result of acquisitions, new school openings, new program
introductions and increased enrollments of adult students. In
addition, our net revenues for our first fiscal quarter are
adversely affected by the fact that we do not recognize revenue
during the calendar year-end holiday break which falls primarily
in that quarter. These fluctuations may result in volatility or
have an adverse effect on the market price of our common stock.
If we
fail to maintain effective internal controls over financial
reporting, we may not be able to accurately report our financial
results or prevent fraud. As a result, current and potential
stockholders could lose confidence in our financial reporting
which would harm our business and the trading price of our
stock.
Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed
by or under the supervision of our principal executive and
principal financial officer, to provide reasonable assurance
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in
accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the
United States of America. Our internal control structure is also
designed to provide
26
reasonable assurance that fraud would be detected or prevented
before our financial statements could be materially affected.
Because of inherent limitations, our internal controls over
financial reporting may not prevent or detect all misstatements.
In addition, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to
future periods are subject to the risks that our controls may
become inadequate as a result of changes in conditions or the
degree of compliance with our policies and procedures may
deteriorate.
If our internal control over financial reporting was not
effective, we could incur a negative impact to our reputation
and our financial statements could require adjustment which
could in turn lead to a decline in our stock price.
We determined that our internal control over financial reporting
was effective as of September 30, 2006.
We may
be unable to successfully complete or integrate future
acquisitions.
We may consider selective acquisitions in the future. We may not
be able to complete any acquisitions on favorable terms or, even
if we do, we may not be able to successfully integrate the
acquired businesses into our business. Integration challenges
include, among others, regulatory approvals, significant capital
expenditures, assumption of known and unknown liabilities, our
ability to control costs, and our ability to integrate new
personnel. The successful integration of future acquisitions may
also require substantial attention from our senior management
and the senior management of the acquired schools, which could
decrease the time that they devote to the
day-to-day
management of our business. If we do not successfully address
risks and challenges associated with acquisitions, including
integration, future acquisitions could harm, rather than
enhance, our operating performance.
In addition, if we consummate an acquisition, our capitalization
and results of operations may change significantly. A future
acquisition could result in the incurrence of debt and
contingent liabilities, an increase in interest expense,
amortization expenses, goodwill and other intangible assets,
charges relating to integration costs or an increase in the
number of shares outstanding. These results could have a
material adverse effect on our results of operations or
financial condition or result in dilution to current
stockholders.
We
have recorded a significant amount of goodwill, which may become
impaired and subject to a write-down.
Our acquisition of the parent company of MMI in January 1998
resulted in the recording of goodwill. Goodwill, which relates
to the excess of cost over the fair value of the net assets of
the business acquired, was $20.6 million at
September 30, 2006, representing approximately 9.7% of our
total assets at that date.
Goodwill is recorded at its fair value on the date of the
acquisition and, under SFAS No. 142, Goodwill
and Other Intangible Assets, is reviewed at least annually
for impairment. Impairment may result from, among other things,
deterioration in the performance of the acquired business,
adverse market conditions, adverse changes in applicable laws or
regulations, including changes that restrict the activities of
the acquired business and a variety of other circumstances. The
amount of any impairment must be recognized as an expense in the
period in which we determine that such impairment has occurred.
Any future determination requiring the write-off of a
significant portion of goodwill would have an adverse effect on
our results of operations during the financial reporting period
in which the write-off occurs.
Terrorist
attacks and the possibility of wider armed conflicts may
adversely affect the U.S. economy and may disrupt our
provision of educational services.
Terrorist attacks and other acts of violence or war, such as
those that took place on September 11, 2001 and the ongoing
conflict in Iraq, could disrupt our operations. Attacks or armed
conflicts that directly impact our physical facilities or
ability to recruit and retain students could significantly
affect our ability to provide educational services to our
students and thereby impair our ability to achieve our expected
results. Furthermore, violent acts and threats of future attacks
could adversely affect the U.S. and world economies. In
addition, future terrorist acts could cause the United States to
enter into a wider armed conflict that could further impact our
operations and result in
27
prospective students, as well as our current students and
personnel, entering the armed services. These factors could
cause significant declines in our student population.
|
|
ITEM 1B.
|
UNRESOLVED
STAFF COMMENTS
|
None
Campuses
and Other Properties
The following sets forth certain information relating to our
campuses and other properties:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Approximate
|
|
|
|
|
|
Brand
|
|
Location
|
|
Square Footage
|
|
|
Leased or Owned
|
|
Campuses:
|
|
UTI
|
|
Avondale, Arizona
|
|
|
256,000
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
UTI
|
|
Exton, Pennsylvania
|
|
|
187,800
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
UTI
|
|
Glendale Heights, Illinois
|
|
|
193,100
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
UTI
|
|
Houston, Texas
|
|
|
219,400
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
UTI
|
|
Norwood, Massachusetts
|
|
|
211,400
|
|
|
Owned
|
|
|
UTI
|
|
Rancho Cucamonga, California
|
|
|
159,400
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
UTI
|
|
Sacramento, California
|
|
|
33,000
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
UTI
|
|
Sacramento, California
|
|
|
118,000
|
|
|
Owned
|
|
|
UTI/MMI
|
|
Orlando, Florida
|
|
|
238,200
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
MMI
|
|
Phoenix, Arizona
|
|
|
120,600
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
NTI
|
|
Mooresville, North Carolina
|
|
|
146,000
|
|
|
Leased
|
Home Office:
|
|
Headquarters
|
|
Phoenix, Arizona
|
|
|
77,600
|
|
|
Leased
|
In June 2006, we commenced operations in a portion of our
permanent location in Sacramento, California. Our first building
consists of approximately 118,000 square feet, the
construction cost of which was approximately $21.4 million
funded from available cash. The second building is currently
under construction and we estimate completion to occur in the
spring of 2007. The construction cost of our second building is
expected to be approximately $15.0 million and is also
planned to be funded with available cash. Our Sacramento,
California facility is constructed on land we lease. In
addition, we expanded our temporary leased location in
Sacramento, California from approximately 22,000 square
feet to approximately 33,000 square feet to accommodate our
diesel training program during the construction of our second
building.
The Norwood, Massachusetts square footage includes approximately
68,000 square feet that is not currently utilized. In
fiscal 2007, we plan to retrofit a portion of the unutilized
space for our diesel program.
28
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Approximate
|
|
|
|
|
|
Program
|
|
Location
|
|
Square Footage
|
|
|
Leased or Owned
|
|
Advanced Training
Centers:
|
|
Audi Academy
|
|
Avondale, Arizona
|
|
|
9,600
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
Audi Academy
|
|
Exton, Pennsylvania
|
|
|
6,900
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
BMW STEP
|
|
Avondale, Arizona
|
|
|
8,700
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
BMW STEP
|
|
Houston, Texas
|
|
|
7,200
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
BMW STEP
|
|
Rancho Cucamonga, California
|
|
|
8,600
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
BMW STEP
|
|
Upper Saddle River, New Jersey
|
|
|
7,500
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
BMW STEP
|
|
Orlando, Florida
|
|
|
13,300
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
International Tech Education
Program
|
|
Glendale Heights, Illinois
|
|
|
11,000
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
Mercedes-Benz ELITE
|
|
Rancho Cucamonga, California
|
|
|
10,500
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
Mercedes-Benz ELITE
|
|
Orlando, Florida
|
|
|
13,300
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
Mercedes-Benz ELITE &
ELITE CRT
|
|
Houston, Texas
|
|
|
27,700
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
Mercedes-Benz ELITE
|
|
Glendale Heights, Illinois
|
|
|
13,700
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
Mercedes-Benz ELITE
|
|
Norwood, Massachusetts
|
|
|
10,600
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
Volkswagen VATRP
|
|
Exton, Pennsylvania
|
|
|
6,200
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
Volkswagen VATRP
|
|
Rancho Cucamonga, California
|
|
|
8,800
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
Volvo SAFE
|
|
Glendale Heights, Illinois
|
|
|
6,500
|
(1)
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
Volvo SAFE
|
|
Avondale, Arizona
|
|
|
8,300
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The space allocated to the Volvo SAFE program at Glendale
Heights, Illinois will be used for general and administrative
use upon completion of the final class in the second quarter of
fiscal 2007. |
All leased properties listed above are leased with remaining
terms that range from less than one year to approximately
18 years. Many of the leases are renewable for additional
terms at our option.
|
|
ITEM 3.
|
LEGAL
PROCEEDINGS
|
In the ordinary conduct of our business, we are periodically
subject to lawsuits, investigations and claims, including, but
not limited to, claims involving students or graduates and
routine employment matters. Although we cannot predict with
certainty the ultimate resolution of lawsuits, investigations
and claims asserted against us, we do not believe that any
currently pending legal proceeding to which we are a party will
have a material adverse effect on our business, results of
operations, cash flows or financial condition.
|
|
ITEM 4.
|
SUBMISSION
OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
|
None.
29
EXECUTIVE
OFFICERS OF UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC.
The executive officers of UTI are set forth in this table. All
executive officers serve at the direction of the Board of
Directors. Mr. White and Ms. McWaters also serve as
directors of UTI.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Age
|
|
Position
|
|
John C. White
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
Chairman of the Board
|
Kimberly J. McWaters
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
Chief Executive Officer, President
and Director
|
Jennifer L. Haslip
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
Senior Vice President, Chief
Financial Officer, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary
|
David K. Miller
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
Senior Vice President of Admissions
|
Sherrell E. Smith
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
Senior Vice President of
Operations and Education
|
Roger L. Speer
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
Senior Vice President of Custom
Training Group and Support Services
|
Chad A. Freed
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
Senior Vice President, General
Counsel and Secretary
|
Larry H. Wolff
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
Senior Vice President and Chief
Information Officer
|
John C. White has served as UTIs Chairman of the
Board since October 1, 2005. Mr. White served as
UTIs Chief Strategic Planning Officer and Vice Chairman
from October 1, 2003 to September 30, 2005. From April
2002 to September 30, 2003, Mr. White served as
UTIs Chief Strategic Planning Officer and Co-Chairman of
the Board. From 1998 to March 2002, Mr. White served as
UTIs Chief Strategic Planning Officer and Chairman of the
Board. Mr. White served as the President of Clinton Harley
Corporation, which operated under the name Motorcycle Mechanics
Institute and Marine Mechanics Institute from 1977 until it was
acquired by UTI in 1998. Prior to 1977, Mr. White was a
marketing representative with International Business Machines
Corporation. Mr. White was appointed by the Arizona Senate
to serve as a member of the Joint Legislative Committee on
Private Regionally Accredited Degree Granting Colleges and
Universities and Private Nationally Accredited Degree Granting
and Vocational Institutions in 1990. He was appointed by the
Governor of Arizona to the Arizona State Board for Private
Post-secondary Education, where he was a member and Complaint
Committee Chairman from
1993-2001.
Mr. White received a BS in Engineering from the University
of Illinois. Mr. White is the uncle of David K. Miller,
UTIs Senior Vice President of Admissions.
Kimberly J. McWaters has served as UTIs Chief
Executive Officer since October 1, 2003 and as a director
on UTIs Board since February 16, 2005.
Ms. McWaters has served as UTIs President since 2000
and served on UTIs Board from 2002 to 2003. From 1984 to
2000, Ms. McWaters held several positions with UTI
including Vice President of Marketing and Vice President of
Sales and Marketing. Ms. McWaters also serves as a director
of United Auto Group, Inc. Ms. McWaters received a BS in
Business Administration from the University of Phoenix.
Jennifer L. Haslip has served as UTIs Senior Vice
President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer since 2002.
From 2002 to 2004, Ms. Haslip served as UTIs
Secretary. From 1998 to 2002, Ms. Haslip served as
UTIs Director of Accounting, Director of Financial
Planning and Vice President of Finance. From 1993 to 1998, she
was employed in public accounting at Toback CPAs P.C.
Ms. Haslip received a BS in Accounting from Western
International University. She is a certified public accountant
in Arizona.
David K. Miller has served as UTIs Senior Vice
President of Admissions since 2002. From 1998 to 2002,
Mr. Miller served as UTIs Vice President of Campus
Admissions. From 1979 to 1998, Mr. Miller served in various
positions at MMI, including Admissions Representative,
Admissions Director and National Director. Mr. Miller
joined Motorcycle Mechanics Institute in 1979 as an education
representative. He has served on the board of the Arizona
Private School Association and was a team leader for the
Accrediting Commission of Career Schools and Colleges of
Technology. Mr. Miller received a BS in Marketing from
Arizona State University. Mr. Miller is the nephew of John
White, UTIs Chairman of the Board.
Sherrell E. Smith has served as UTIs Senior Vice
President of Operations and Education since July 2006. From 1986
to 2006, Mr. Smith held several positions with UTI
including Director of Student Services, School Director and
Senior School Director of the UTI Arizona campus; Senior School
Director of the UTI Rancho Cucamonga
30
campus and Regional Vice President of Operations. Mr. Smith
received a BS in Management from Arizona State University.
Roger L. Speer has served as UTIs Senior Vice
President of Custom Training Group and Support Services since
July 2006. From 1988 to 2006, Mr. Speer held several
positions with UTI including Director of Graduate Employment at
the UTI Arizona Campus, Corporate Director of Graduate
Employment, School Director of the UTI Glendale Heights Campus,
Vice President of Operations and Senior Vice President of
Operations/Education. Mr. Speer received a BS in Human
Resource Management from Arizona State University.
Chad A. Freed has served as UTIs Senior Vice
President and General Counsel since February 2005. From March
2004 to February 2005, Mr. Freed served as UTIs Vice
President and Corporate Counsel. From 1998 to February 2004,
Mr. Freed practiced corporate and securities law with the
international law firm of Bryan Cave LLP. Mr. Freed
received a BS in French and International Business from
Pennsylvania State University and a JD from Tulane University.
Larry H. Wolff has served as UTIs Senior Vice
President and Chief Information Officer since June 2005. From
June 2003 to June 2005, Mr. Wolff served as a management
consultant advising major businesses and startup companies. From
1998 to 2003, Mr. Wolff served as Senior Vice President and
Chief Information Officer of Reed Business Information, a
division of Reed Elsevier PLC, a provider of information
solutions to the legal, science,
business-to-business
and education markets. Mr. Wolff received a BS in Computer
Science from Seton Hall University.
31
PART II
|
|
ITEM 5.
|
MARKET
FOR REGISTRANTS COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
|
Our common stock has been listed on the New York Stock Exchange
(NYSE) under the symbol UTI since December 17,
2003 upon our initial public offering. Prior to that time, there
was no public market for our common stock.
The following table sets forth the range of high and low sales
prices per share for our common stock, as reported by the NYSE,
for the periods indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Price Range of
|
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
|
High
|
|
|
Low
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
September 30, 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Quarter
|
|
$
|
39.80
|
|
|
$
|
29.48
|
|
Second Quarter
|
|
$
|
40.80
|
|
|
$
|
33.55
|
|
Third Quarter
|
|
$
|
37.45
|
|
|
$
|
29.21
|
|
Fourth Quarter
|
|
$
|
35.91
|
|
|
$
|
30.32
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Price Range of
|
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
|
High
|
|
|
Low
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
September 30, 2006:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Quarter
|
|
$
|
36.02
|
|
|
$
|
27.05
|
|
Second Quarter
|
|
$
|
37.71
|
|
|
$
|
29.04
|
|
Third Quarter
|
|
$
|
30.26
|
|
|
$
|
20.55
|
|
Fourth Quarter
|
|
$
|
22.67
|
|
|
$
|
17.00
|
|
The closing price of our common stock as reported by the NYSE on
December 8, 2006, was $22.28 per share. As of
December 8, 2006 there were 51 holders of record of our
common stock.
We do not currently pay any dividends on our common stock. Our
Board of Directors will determine whether to pay dividends in
the future based on conditions then existing, including our
earnings, financial condition and capital requirements, the
availability of third-party financing and the financial
responsibility standards prescribed by ED, as well as any
economic and other conditions that our Board of Directors may
deem relevant.
32
Sales of
Unregistered Securities; Repurchase of Securities
We did not make any sales of unregistered securities during the
three months ended September 30, 2006.
The following table summarizes the purchase of equity securities
made through our stock repurchase program for the three months
ended September 30, 2006:
ISSUER
PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(d) Maximum Number
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(or Approximate
|
|
|
|
(a) Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
(c) Total Number of
|
|
|
Dollar Value) of
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
(b) Average
|
|
|
Shares Purchased as
|
|
|
Shares That May Yet
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Price Paid
|
|
|
Part of Publicly
|
|
|
be Purchased Under
|
|
Period
|
|
Purchased
|
|
|
per Share
|
|
|
Announced Plans
|
|
|
the Plans Or Programs
|
|
|
August 15,
2006 - August 29, 2006
|
|
|
819,295
|
|
|
$
|
18.27
|
|
|
|
819,295
|
|
|
$
|
0.0 million
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
819,295
|
|
|
$
|
18.27
|
|
|
|
819,295
|
|
|
$
|
0.0 million
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Our stock repurchase program was announced on March 6,
2006. All shares were repurchased pursuant to this program. |
|
(2) |
|
On February 28, 2006, the Board of Directors authorized the
repurchase of up to $30.0 million of our outstanding common
stock in open market or privately negotiated transactions. The
stock repurchase program expired upon repurchase by the company
of the full amount authorized by the Board of Directors. |
33
|
|
ITEM 6.
|
SELECTED
FINANCIAL DATA
|
The following table sets forth our selected consolidated
financial and operating data as of and for the periods
indicated. You should read the selected financial data set forth
below together with Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
and our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in
this Report on
Form 10-K.
The selected consolidated statement of operations data and the
selected consolidated balance sheet data as of each of the five
years ended September 30, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 and 2006
have been derived from our audited consolidated financial
statements.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Statement of Operations
Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
$
|
144,372
|
|
|
$
|
196,495
|
|
|
$
|
255,149
|
|
|
$
|
310,800
|
|
|
$
|
347,066
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Educational services and facilities
|
|
|
70,813
|
|
|
|
92,443
|
|
|
|
116,730
|
|
|
|
145,026
|
|
|
|
173,229
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
51,541
|
|
|
|
67,896
|
|
|
|
88,297
|
|
|
|
109,996
|
|
|
|
133,097
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
122,354
|
|
|
|
160,339
|
|
|
|
205,027
|
|
|
|
255,022
|
|
|
|
306,326
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
|
22,018
|
|
|
|
36,156
|
|
|
|
50,122
|
|
|
|
55,778
|
|
|
|
40,740
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense (income), net(1)
|
|
|
6,254
|
|
|
|
3,658
|
|
|
|
1,031
|
|
|
|
(1,461
|
)
|
|
|
(2,970
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Other expense (income)
|
|
|
847
|
|
|
|
(234
|
)
|
|
|
1,134
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before taxes
|
|
|
14,917
|
|
|
|
32,732
|
|
|
|
47,957
|
|
|
|
57,239
|
|
|
|
43,710
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
5,228
|
|
|
|
12,353
|
|
|
|
19,137
|
|
|
|
21,420
|
|
|
|
16,324
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
9,689
|
|
|
|
20,379
|
|
|
|
28,820
|
|
|
|
35,819
|
|
|
|
27,386
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock dividends
|
|
|
(2,872
|
)
|
|
|
(6,413
|
)
|
|
|
(776
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income available to common
shareholders
|
|
$
|
6,817
|
|
|
$
|
13,966
|
|
|
$
|
28,044
|
|
|
$
|
35,819
|
|
|
$
|
27,386
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.51
|
|
|
$
|
1.03
|
|
|
$
|
1.14
|
|
|
$
|
1.28
|
|
|
$
|
0.99
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.44
|
|
|
$
|
0.79
|
|
|
$
|
1.04
|
|
|
$
|
1.26
|
|
|
$
|
0.97
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
13,402
|
|
|
|
13,543
|
|
|
|
24,659
|
|
|
|
27,899
|
|
|
|
27,799
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
20,244
|
|
|
|
25,051
|
|
|
|
27,585
|
|
|
|
28,536
|
|
|
|
28,255
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization(2)
|
|
$
|
4,948
|
|
|
$
|
6,382
|
|
|
$
|
8,812
|
|
|
$
|
9,777
|
|
|
$
|
14,205
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash dividends per common share(3)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.21
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of campuses
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average undergraduate enrollments
|
|
|
8,277
|
|
|
|
10,568
|
|
|
|
13,076
|
|
|
|
15,390
|
|
|
|
16,291
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance Sheet Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents(4)
|
|
$
|
13,554
|
|
|
$
|
8,925
|
|
|
$
|
42,602
|
|
|
$
|
52,045
|
|
|
$
|
41,431
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets(4)
|
|
$
|
29,278
|
|
|
$
|
31,819
|
|
|
$
|
77,128
|
|
|
$
|
103,698
|
|
|
$
|
70,269
|
|
|
|
|
|
Working capital (deficit)(4),(5)
|
|
$
|
(14,577
|
)
|
|
$
|
(29,240
|
)
|
|
$
|
6,612
|
|
|
$
|
13,817
|
|
|
$
|
(26,009
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
76,886
|
|
|
$
|
84,099
|
|
|
$
|
136,316
|
|
|
$
|
200,608
|
|
|
$
|
212,161
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total long-term debt
|
|
$
|
57,886
|
|
|
$
|
53,476
|
|
|
$
|
6
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total debt(6)
|
|
$
|
60,902
|
|
|
$
|
57,336
|
|
|
$
|
43
|
|
|
$
|
6
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Redeemable convertible preferred
stock
|
|
$
|
64,395
|
|
|
$
|
47,161
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total shareholders equity
(deficit)(4)
|
|
$
|
(96,159
|
)
|
|
$
|
(83,152
|
)
|
|
$
|
55,025
|
|
|
$
|
95,733
|
|
|
$
|
102,902
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
In fiscal 2004, our interest expense, net decreased as compared
to fiscal 2003, primarily due to a reduction in the average debt
balance outstanding as a result of our early repayment of
approximately $31.5 million in term debt using proceeds
received from our initial public offering in December 2003. In
fiscal 2005, we reported interest income, net which was a result
of the repayment of our term debt in the prior year and the
investment of our excess cash in marketable securities. |
34
|
|
|
(2) |
|
Depreciation and amortization includes amortization of deferred
financing fees previously capitalized in connection with
obtaining financing. Amortization of deferred financing fees was
$1.1 million, $0.5 million, $0.2 million,
$0.0 million and $0.0 million for the fiscal years
ended September 30, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 and 2006,
respectively. |
|
(3) |
|
In September 2003, our board of directors declared, and we paid,
a $5.0 million cash dividend on shares of our common stock
payable to the record holders as of August 25, 2003. The
record holders of our Series D preferred stock were
entitled to receive, upon conversion, such cash dividend pro
rata and on an as-converted basis, pursuant to certain
provisions of the certificate of designation of the
Series D preferred stock. Our certificate of incorporation
was amended to permit the holders of Series D preferred
stock to be paid the dividend prior to the conversion and
simultaneously with holders of our common stock, and the holders
of our series A, series B and series C preferred
stock consented to such payment. The record holders of our
common stock received a dividend of approximately $0.21 per
share and our Series D shareholders received a dividend of
approximately $902.50 per share. We do not currently pay
dividends on our common stock. |
|
(4) |
|
In December 2003, in conjunction with our initial public
offering, we sold 3.3 million shares of common stock and
converted all outstanding shares of preferred stock into the
equivalent of 10.6 million shares of common stock.
Accordingly, the increase in cash and cash equivalents, current
assets and the change in working capital in fiscal 2004, when
compared to fiscal 2003, reflects the net proceeds of
approximately $59.0 million received from our initial
public offering. The increase in our shareholders equity
in fiscal 2004 when compared to fiscal 2003 reflects the
additional paid-in capital of approximately $108.0 million
as a result as a result of proceeds from our initial public
offering and conversion of our preferred shares into shares of
our common stock. |
|
(5) |
|
Working capital (deficit) is defined as current assets less
current liabilities. During the last half of 2006, we used cash
and cash equivalents to repurchase approximately
$30.0 million of our common shares which was the primary
contributor to the change in working capital during fiscal 2006. |
|
(6) |
|
We adopted SFAS 150 Accounting for Certain Financial
Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and
Equity, effective July 1, 2003. Accordingly, we
reclassified as a liability the mandatory redeemable
series A, series B and series C preferred stock
totaling $25.5 million at September 30, 2003. On
December 22, 2003, in connection with our completed initial
public offering, we either redeemed series A, series B
and series C preferred stock or exchanged our preferred
stock for shares of common stock. |
|
|
ITEM 7.
|
MANAGEMENTS
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS
|
You should read the following discussion together with the
Selected Financial Data and the consolidated financial
statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this
Report on
Form 10-K.
This discussion contains forward-looking statements that are
based on managements current expectations, estimates and
projections about our business and operations. Our actual
results may differ materially from those currently anticipated
and expressed in such forward-looking statements as a result of
a number of factors, including those we discuss under Risk
Factors and elsewhere in this Report on
Form 10-K.
General
Overview
We are a leading provider of post-secondary education for
students seeking careers as professional automotive, diesel,
collision repair, motorcycle and marine technicians. We offer
undergraduate degree, diploma or certificate programs at 10
campuses across the United States. We also offer manufacturer
specific advanced training programs that are sponsored by the
manufacturer or dealer, at 19 dedicated training centers. We
have provided technical education for over 40 years.
Our revenues consist principally of student tuition and fees
derived from the programs we provide and are presented as net
revenues after reductions related to guarantees and scholarships
we sponsor and refunds for students who withdraw from our
programs prior to specified dates. We recognize tuition revenue
and fees ratably over the terms of the various programs we
offer. We supplement our core revenues with additional revenues
from sales of textbooks and program supplies, student housing
provided by us and other revenues, all of which are recognized
as sales occur or services are performed. In aggregate, these
additional revenues represented less than
35
4% of our total net revenues in each fiscal year for the
three-year period ended September 30, 2006. Tuition revenue
and fees generally vary based on the average number of students
enrolled and average tuition charged per program.
Average student enrollments vary depending on, among other
factors, the number of (i) continuing students at the
beginning of a fiscal period, (ii) new student enrollments
during the fiscal period, (iii) students who have
previously withdrawn but decide to re-enroll during the fiscal
period, and (iv) graduations and withdrawals during the
fiscal period. Our average student enrollments are influenced by
the number of graduating high school students, the
attractiveness of our program offerings to high school graduates
and potential adult students, the effectiveness of our marketing
efforts, the depth of our industry relationships, the strength
of employment markets and long term career prospects, the
quality of our instructors and student services professionals,
the persistence of our students, the length of our education
programs, the availability of federal funding for our programs,
the number of graduates of our programs who elect to attend the
advanced training programs we offer and general economic
conditions. Our introduction of additional program offerings at
existing schools and establishment of new schools, either
through acquisition or
start-up,
are expected to influence our average student enrollment. We
currently offer start dates at our campuses that range from
every three to six weeks throughout the year in our various
undergraduate programs. The number of start dates of advanced
programs varies by the duration of those programs and the needs
of the manufacturers who sponsor them.
Our tuition charges vary by type or length of our programs and
the program level, such as undergraduate or advanced training.
Tuition has increased by approximately 3% to 5% per annum
in each fiscal year in the three-year period ended
September 30, 2006. Tuition increases are generally
consistent across our schools and programs; however, changes in
operating costs may impact price increases at individual
locations. We believe that we can continue to increase tuition
as the demand for our graduates remains strong and tuition at
other post-secondary institutions continues to rise, although
future increases may be less than past increases.
Most students at our campuses rely on funds received under
various government-sponsored student financial aid programs,
predominantly Title IV Programs, to pay a substantial
portion of their tuition and other education-related expenses.
In our 2006 fiscal year, approximately 73% of our net revenues
were derived from federal student financial aid programs.
We extend credit for tuition and fees to the majority of our
students that are in attendance at our campuses. Our credit risk
is mitigated through the students participation in
federally funded financial aid programs unless students withdraw
prior to the receipt by us of Title IV funds for those
students. Any remaining tuition receivable is comprised of
smaller individual amounts due from students across the United
States.
We categorize our operating expenses as (i) educational
services and facilities and (ii) selling, general and
administrative.
Major components of educational services and facilities expenses
include faculty compensation and benefits, compensation and
benefits of other campus administration employees, facility
rent, maintenance, utilities, depreciation and amortization of
property and equipment used in the provision of educational
services, tools, training aids, royalties under our licensing
arrangements and other costs directly associated with teaching
our programs and providing educational services to our students.
Selling, general and administrative expenses include
compensation and benefits of employees who are not directly
associated with the provision of educational services, such as
executive management; finance and central accounting; legal;
human resources; business development; marketing and student
enrollment expenses, including compensation and benefits of
personnel employed in sales and marketing and student
admissions; costs of professional services; bad debt expense;
costs associated with the implementation and operation of our
student management and reporting system; rent for our home
office; depreciation and amortization of property and equipment
that is not used in the provision of educational services and
other costs that are incidental to our operations. All marketing
and student enrollment expenses are recognized in the period
incurred. Costs related to the opening of new facilities,
excluding related capital expenditures, are expensed in the
period incurred or when services are provided.
36
2006
Overview
Our net revenues for the year were $347.1 million, an
increase of 11.7% from the prior year and our net income for the
year was $27.4 million, a decrease of 23.5%. The decrease
in our net income is due to lower capacity utilization in
conjunction with higher compensation and related costs, sales
and marketing costs, depreciation and recognition of stock-based
compensation expense under SFAS No. 123(R) of
approximately $4.8 million.
We have increased available seating capacity by approximately
14% at September 30, 2006 when compared to available
seating capacity at September 30, 2005. We opened the first
building of our permanent location in Sacramento, California in
June 2006 with seating capacity of 1,800 students, which
includes 400 seats in our temporary facility, and expanded
our capacity at our Orlando, Florida location by approximately
790 seats.
Recruitment efforts and student starts lag the prior year due to
a variety of factors and resulted in a decline in the growth of
our average undergraduate full-time student enrollments. During
fiscal 2006, our undergraduate enrollment grew by 5.8% as
compared to 17.7% in fiscal 2005. A strong labor market across
the country, affordability concerns associated with increased
gas and housing prices and increasing interest rates have made
it more challenging and expensive to recruit, start and retain
students. Poor service levels with our previous providers
created the need to transition to a new advertising agency and
call center which was completed during the second quarter of the
fiscal year. These factors contributed to a disruption in lead
flow. During the second half of the fiscal year, lead flow has
improved and we believe the improvement is associated with
completion of the transition of our advertising agency and call
center vendor relationships, the development of new creative
advertisements and promotional materials and additional spending
in advertising.
Historically, we have been able to overcome such external forces
by modifying educational programs, utilizing different pricing
strategies and investing in sales and marketing. In response to
both the external environment and internal operational issues,
we have implemented a plan that focuses on stabilizing and
improving key operating efforts. We are uncertain when we will
realize the benefits of these efforts.
We implemented a reduction in force of approximately 70
employees nationwide in September 2006 resulting in additional
operating expenses of approximately $1.1 million during the
fourth quarter of the year ended September 30, 2006. This
is expected to provide a cost savings of approximately
$4.2 million to $4.5 million in 2007 which we expect
to reinvest in our sales and marketing efforts to increase
capacity utilization.
During the second half of the year we repurchased
$30.0 million of our common stock in accordance with our
stock repurchase program which was approved by our Board of
Directors on February 28, 2006. Cash generated from
operations was used to fund the program.
Critical
Accounting Policies and Estimates
Our discussion of our financial condition and results of
operations is based upon our financial statements, which have
been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally
accepted in the United States, or GAAP. During the preparation
of these financial statements, we are required to make estimates
and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets,
liabilities, revenues and expenses and related disclosures of
contingent assets and liabilities. On an ongoing basis, we
evaluate our estimates and assumptions, including those related
to revenue recognition, bad debts, health care costs, property
and equipment, tool sets, long-lived assets, including goodwill,
income taxes, contingent assets and liabilities and stock-based
compensation. We base our estimates on historical experience and
on various other assumptions that we believe are reasonable
under the circumstances. The results of our analysis form the
basis for making assumptions about the carrying values of assets
and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other
sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under
different assumptions or conditions, and the impact of such
differences may be material to our consolidated financial
statements.
We believe that the following critical accounting policies
affect our more significant judgments and estimates used in the
preparation of our financial statements:
Revenue recognition. Net revenues
consist primarily of student tuition and fees derived from the
programs we provide after reductions are made for guarantees and
scholarships we sponsor. Tuition and fee
37
revenue is recognized ratably on a straight-line basis over the
term of the course or program offered. If a student withdraws
from a program prior to a specified date, any paid but unearned
tuition is refunded. Approximately 97% of our net revenues for
the years ended September 30, 2004, 2005 and 2006 consisted
of tuition. Our net revenues vary from period to period in
conjunction with our average student population. The majority of
our undergraduate programs are typically designed to be
completed in 12 to 18 months and our advanced training
programs range from 14 to 27 weeks in duration. We
supplement our core revenues with sales of textbooks and program
supplies, student housing provided by us and other revenues.
Sales of textbooks and program supplies, revenue related to
student housing and other revenue are each recognized as sales
occur or services are performed. Deferred tuition represents the
excess of tuition payments received as compared to tuition
earned and is reflected as a current liability in our
consolidated financial statements because it is expected to be
earned within the following twelve-month period.
Allowance for uncollectible
accounts. We maintain an allowance for
uncollectible accounts for estimated losses resulting from the
inability, failure or refusal of our students to make required
payments. We offer a variety of payment plans to help students
pay that portion of their education expenses not covered by
financial aid programs or alternate fund sources, which are
unsecured and not guaranteed. Management analyzes accounts
receivable, historical percentages of uncollectible accounts,
customer credit worthiness and changes in payment history when
evaluating the adequacy of the allowance for uncollectible
accounts. We use an internal group of collectors, augmented by
third party collectors as deemed appropriate, in our collection
efforts. Although we believe that our reserves are adequate, if
the financial condition of our students deteriorates, resulting
in an impairment of their ability to make payments, or if we
underestimate the allowances required, additional allowances may
be necessary, which would result in increased selling, general
and administrative expenses in the period such determination is
made.
Healthcare costs. Claims and insurance
costs which primarily relate to health insurance are accrued
using current information and future estimates provided by
consultants to reasonably measure the current cost incurred for
services provided but not yet invoiced. Although we believe our
estimated liability recorded for healthcare costs are
reasonable, actual results could differ and require adjustment
of the recorded balance.
Bonus costs. We accrue the estimated
cost of our bonus programs using current financial and
statistical information as compared to targeted financial
achievements and actual student graduation outcomes. Although we
believe our estimated liability recorded for bonuses is
reasonable, actual results could differ and require adjustment
of the recorded balance.
Tool sets. We accrue the estimated cost
of promotional tool sets offered to students at the time of
enrollment and provided at a future date based upon satisfaction
of certain criteria, including completion of certain course
work. We accrue these costs based upon current student
information and an estimate of the number of students that will
complete the requisite coursework. Although we believe our
estimated liability for tool sets is reasonable, actual results
could differ and require adjustment of the recorded balance.
Long-lived assets. We record our
long-lived assets, such as property and equipment, at cost. We
review the carrying value of our long-lived assets for possible
impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate
that the carrying amount of assets may not be recoverable in
accordance with the provisions of Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards, or SFAS, No. 144, Accounting
for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets. We
evaluate these assets to determine if their current recorded
value is impaired by examining estimated future cash flows.
These cash flows are evaluated by using weighted probability
techniques as well as comparisons of past performance against
projections. Assets may also be evaluated by identifying
independent market values. If we determine that an assets
carrying value is impaired, we will record a write-down of the
carrying value of the identified asset and charge the impairment
as an operating expense in the period in which the determination
is made. Although we believe that the carrying value of our
long-lived assets are appropriately stated, changes in strategy
or market conditions or significant technological developments
could significantly impact these judgments and require
adjustments to recorded asset balances.
Goodwill. We assess the recoverability
of goodwill in accordance with SFAS No. 142,
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. Accordingly,
we test our goodwill for impairment annually during the fourth
quarter, or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate
an impairment may have occurred, by comparing its
38
fair value to its carrying value. Impairment may result from,
among other things, deterioration in the performance of the
acquired business, adverse market conditions, adverse changes in
applicable laws or regulations, including changes that restrict
the activities of the acquired business, and a variety of other
circumstances. We utilize the present value of future cash flow
approach, subject to a comparison for reasonableness to our
market capitalization at the date of valuation in determining
fair value. If we determine that an impairment has occurred, we
are required to record a write-down of the carrying value and
charge the impairment as an operating expense in the period the
determination is made. Goodwill represents a significant portion
of our total assets. At September 30, 2006, goodwill
represented approximately 9.7% of our total assets, or
$20.6 million, and was a result of our acquisition of the
parent company of our MMI operation in January 1998. Although we
believe goodwill is appropriately stated in our consolidated
financial statements, changes in strategy or market conditions
could significantly impact these judgments and require an
adjustment to the recorded balance.
Stock-Based Compensation. We adopted
SFAS No. 123(R) Share-Based Payment on
October 1, 2005. SFAS No. 123(R) requires us to
estimate the fair value of share-based payment awards on the
date of grant using an option-pricing model. The estimated value
of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest
is recognized as expense over the period during which an
employee is required to provide service in exchange for the
award.
Stock-based compensation expense recognized for the year ended
September 30, 2006 included compensation expense for
share-based payment awards granted prior to, but not yet vested
as of, September 30, 2005, based on the grant date fair
value estimated in accordance with the pro forma provisions of
SFAS No. 123. We recognize compensation expense using
the straight-line single-option method. Stock-based compensation
expense is based on awards ultimately expected to vest and
accordingly, the expense for the year ended September 30,
2006 has been reduced for estimated forfeitures.
SFAS No. 123(R) requires forfeitures to be estimated
at the time of grant. Estimated forfeitures are revised, if
necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ
from those estimates. In our pro forma information required
under SFAS No. 123 for the periods prior to fiscal
2006, we accounted for forfeitures as they occurred.
Our determination of estimated fair value of each stock option
grant, estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes
option-pricing model, is affected by our stock price as well as
assumptions regarding a number of complex and subjective
variables. These variables include, but are not limited to, our
expected stock price volatility, the expected lives of the
awards and actual and projected employee stock exercise
behaviors. We evaluate our assumptions at the date of each grant.
The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of
grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The
following table illustrates the assumptions used for grants made
during each year:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Expected lives (in years)
|
|
|
5.00
|
|
|
|
5.00
|
|
|
|
6.25
|
|
Risk-free interest rate
|
|
|
3.25
|
%
|
|
|
3.77
|
%
|
|
|
4.89
|
%
|
Dividend yield
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expected volatility
|
|
|
34.48
|
%
|
|
|
34.46
|
%
|
|
|
41.80
|
%
|
Prior to our adoption of SFAS No. 123(R), we accounted
for stock-based employee compensation arrangements in accordance
with the provisions of Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion
No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to
Employees, and related interpretations, and complied with
the disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 123,
Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation as amended
by SFAS No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation Transition and Disclosure
An Amendment of SFAS No. 123, which defines a
fair value based method and addresses common stock and options
awarded to employees as well as those awarded to non-employees
in exchange for products and services. SFAS No. 123
and its amendments and APB Opinion No. 25 have been
superseded by SFAS No. 123(R).
39
The following table illustrates the effect on net income and
earnings per share if we had applied the fair value recognition
provisions of SFAS No. 123 prior to adoption of
SFAS No. 123(R):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except
|
|
|
|
per share amounts)
|
|
|
Net income available to common
shareholders as reported
|
|
$
|
28,044
|
|
|
$
|
35,819
|
|
Add: Stock-based compensation
expense included in reported net income, net of taxes
|
|
|
371
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
Deduct: Total stock based employee
compensation expense determined using the fair value based
method, net of taxes
|
|
|
(1,808
|
)
|
|
|
(2,300
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income, pro forma
|
|
$
|
26,607
|
|
|
$
|
33,551
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic net income per share, as
reported
|
|
$
|
1.14
|
|
|
$
|
1.28
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted net income per share, as
reported
|
|
$
|
1.04
|
|
|
$
|
1.26
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic net income per share, pro
forma
|
|
$
|
1.08
|
|
|
$
|
1.20
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted net income per share, pro
forma
|
|
$
|
0.99
|
|
|
$
|
1.18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounting for income taxes. In
preparing our consolidated financial statements, we assess the
likelihood that our deferred tax assets will be realized from
future taxable income in accordance with SFAS No. 109,
Accounting for Income Taxes. We establish a
valuation allowance if we determine that it is more likely than
not that some portion or all of the net deferred tax assets will
not be realized. Changes in the valuation allowance are included
in our statement of operations as a provision for or benefit
from income taxes. We make assumptions, judgments and estimates
in determining our provisions for income taxes, assessing our
ability to utilize any future tax benefit from our deferred tax
assets. Although we believe that our estimates are reasonable,
changes in tax laws or our interpretation of tax laws, and the
outcome of future tax audits could significantly impact the
amounts provided for income taxes in our consolidated financial
statements. In addition, actual operating results and the
underlying amount and category of income in future years could
render our current assessment of recoverable deferred tax assets
inaccurate.
Recent
Accounting Pronouncements
Information concerning recently issued accounting pronouncements
which are not yet effective is included in Note 3 to the
Consolidated Financial Statements. As indicated in Note 3
to the Consolidated Financial Statements, with the exception of
SFAS No. 157, which is effective in our 2009 fiscal
year, and FIN 48, which is effective in our 2008 fiscal
year, and for which we are assessing the impact, we do not
expect any of the recently issued accounting pronouncements to
have a material effect on our financial statements.
40
Results
of Operations
The following table sets forth selected statement of operations
data as a percentage of net revenues for each of the periods
indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Educational services and facilities
|
|
|
45.8
|
%
|
|
|
46.7
|
%
|
|
|
49.9
|
%
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
34.6
|
%
|
|
|
35.4
|
%
|
|
|
38.4
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
80.4
|
%
|
|
|
82.1
|
%
|
|
|
88.3
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
|
19.6
|
%
|
|
|
17.9
|
%
|
|
|
11.7
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)%
|
|
|
(0.5
|
)%
|
|
|
(0.9
|
)%
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
0.5
|
%
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
Other expense (income)
|
|
|
0.4
|
%
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other expense (income)
|
|
|
0.8
|
%
|
|
|
(0.5
|
)%
|
|
|
(0.9
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
18.8
|
%
|
|
|
18.4
|
%
|
|
|
12.6
|
%
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
7.5
|
%
|
|
|
6.9
|
%
|
|
|
4.7
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
11.3
|
%
|
|
|
11.5
|
%
|
|
|
7.9
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table sets forth our average capacity utilization
during each of the periods indicated and the number of seats
available at the end of each of the periods indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended September 30,
|
|
|
2004
|
|
2005
|
|
2006
|
|
Average capacity utilization
|
|
|
70.2
|
%
|
|
|
69.9
|
%
|
|
|
64.9
|
%
|
Seating available
|
|
|
18,625
|
|
|
|
22,025
|
|
|
|
25,110
|
|
41
The following table sets forth data for our new campuses in each
of the periods indicated. We begin to incur a majority of new
campus costs in the nine month period prior to the new
campus opening. Our new campuses typically become profitable
within the first 12 months of operations and are no longer
considered to be a new campus after one fiscal year of operation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2004(1)
|
|
|
2005(2)
|
|
|
2006(3)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
|
1,064
|
|
|
|
19,132
|
|
|
|
18,878
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Educational services and facilities
|
|
|
2,178
|
|
|
|
13,040
|
|
|
|
16,752
|
|
Selling general and administrative
|
|
|
3,636
|
|
|
|
11,859
|
|
|
|
11,103
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
5,814
|
|
|
|
24,899
|
|
|
|
27,855
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
|
(4,750
|
)
|
|
|
(5,767
|
)
|
|
|
(8,977
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Start up costs as a percentage of
total net revenue
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
|
0.4
|
%
|
|
|
6.2
|
%
|
|
|
5.4
|
%
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Educational services and facilities
|
|
|
0.9
|
%
|
|
|
4.2
|
%
|
|
|
4.8
|
%
|
Selling general and administrative
|
|
|
1.4
|
%
|
|
|
3.8
|
%
|
|
|
3.2
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
2.3
|
%
|
|
|
8.0
|
%
|
|
|
8.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
|
(1.9
|
)%
|
|
|
(1.8
|
)%
|
|
|
(2.6
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average capacity utilization
|
|
|
3.1
|
%
|
|
|
23.0
|
%
|
|
|
22.4
|
%
|
Seating available
|
|
|
1,920
|
|
|
|
3,840
|
|
|
|
3,720
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Includes net revenue and operating expenses for our Exton,
Pennsylvania campus which opened in July 2004. |
|
(2) |
|
Includes net revenue and operating expenses for our Exton,
Pennsylvania campus which opened in July 2004; our Norwood,
Massachusetts campus which opened in June 2005 and operating
expenses for our Sacramento, California campus which opened in
October 2005. |
|
(3) |
|
Includes net revenue and operating expenses for our Norwood,
Massachusetts and Sacramento, California campuses. |
Fiscal
Year Ended September 30, 2006 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended
September 30, 2005
Net revenues. Our net revenues for the
year ended September 30, 2006 were $347.1 million,
representing an increase of $36.3 million, or 11.7%, as
compared to net revenues of $310.8 million for the year
ended September 30, 2005. The increase during the year
ended September 30, 2006 is attributable, in part, to the
Exton, Pennsylvania campus which had an increase in net revenue
of $12.0 million because it is no longer considered to be a
new campus during fiscal 2006 as it had a full year of
operations during fiscal 2005. The remaining $24.3 million
increase was primarily due to tuition increases of between 3%
and 5%, depending on the program, and a 5.8% increase in the
average undergraduate full-time student enrollment. For the year
ended September 30, 2006, the average undergraduate
full-time student enrollment was 16,291, compared with 15,390
for the year ended September 30, 2005. During fiscal year
2006, we had 517 fewer students start school as compared to
fiscal year 2005.
Educational services and facilities
expenses. Our educational services and
facilities expenses for the year ended September 30, 2006
were $173.2 million, representing an increase of
$28.2 million, or 19.5%, as compared to educational
services and facilities expenses of $145.0 million for the
year ended September 30, 2005. Educational services and
facilities expenses, excluding costs associated with new
campuses, for the year ended September 30, 2006 were
$156.5 million, representing an increase of
$24.5 million, or 18.6%, as compared to $132.0 million
for the year ended September 30, 2005. The increase in
costs, excluding expenses related to new campuses, is primarily
associated with increased compensation and related costs of
approximately $13.8 million, which includes
42
approximately $0.5 million in stock compensation as a
result of our adoption of SFAS No. 123(R), occupancy
costs of approximately $4.1 million and depreciation
expense of approximately $2.5 million. The increase during
the year ended September 30, 2006 is attributable, in part,
to the Exton, Pennsylvania campus which was no longer considered
to be a new campus during fiscal 2006 because it had a full year
of operations during fiscal 2005. In fiscal 2006, our Exton,
Pennsylvania campus had educational services and facilities
expenses of $14.9 million which included $7.4 million
in compensation, $2.8 million in occupancy costs and
$0.9 million in depreciation. The remaining increases of
$6.4 million in compensation and related costs,
$1.3 million in occupancy costs and $1.6 million in
depreciation expense are primarily associated with a higher
level of support for our students as well as program expansions
at existing campuses. We did not recognize any stock
compensation expense as a component of educational services and
facilities in fiscal 2005.
Educational services and facilities expenses as a percentage of
net revenues increased to 49.9% for the year ended
September 30, 2006 as compared to 46.7% for the year ended
September 30, 2005. Educational services and facilities
expenses as a percentage of net revenues, excluding activity for
new campuses, was 47.7% for the year ended September 30,
2006 as compared to 45.3% for the year ended September 30,
2005. In addition to increased costs associated with new
campuses, educational services and facilities expenses as a
percentage of net revenues, excluding new campus activity, was
negatively impacted by approximately 1.3% associated with
increased compensation, approximately 0.6% related to increased
occupancy costs and approximately 0.5% related to depreciation
expense primarily resulting from decreased capacity utilization.
The increase in educational services and facilities expense as a
percentage of revenue is primarily attributable to decreased
capacity utilization.
Selling, general and administrative
expenses. Our selling, general and
administrative expenses for the year ended September 30,
2006 were $133.1 million, an increase of
$23.1 million, or 21.0%, as compared to selling, general
and administrative expenses of $110.0 million for the year
ended September 30, 2005. Selling, general and
administrative expenses, excluding costs associated with new
campuses, for the year ended September 30, 2006 were
$122.0 million, representing an increase of
$23.9 million, or 24.3%, as compared to $98.1 million
for the year ended September 30, 2005. Selling, general and
administrative costs, excluding costs associated with new
campuses, are primarily associated with increased compensation
and related costs of $12.4 million, of which
$4.2 million was related to stock-based compensation,
advertising costs of $7.2 million and $1.2 million
related to contract services partially offset by a decrease in
professional services of $1.1 million primarily
attributable to reduced legal costs and lower costs associated
with Sarbanes-Oxley efforts. The increase during the year ended
September 30, 2006 is attributable, in part, to the Exton,
Pennsylvania campus which was no longer considered to be a new
campus during fiscal 2006 because it had a full year of
operations during fiscal 2005. In fiscal 2006, our Exton,
Pennsylvania campus had selling, general and administrative
expenses of approximately $8.5 million which included
$5.0 million in compensation and related costs and
$1.7 million in advertising costs. The remaining increase
in compensation and related costs of approximately
$3.2 million is primarily due to increased personnel
associated with sales and marketing activities and other
organizational support.
Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of
net revenues increased to 38.4% for the year ended
September 30, 2006 as compared to 35.4% for the year ended
September 30, 2005. Selling, general and administrative
costs as a percentage of net revenues, excluding activity for
new campuses, was 37.2% for the year ended September 30,
2006 as compared to 33.7% for the year ended September 30,
2005. The increase in costs as a percentage of revenue,
excluding new campus expenses, was impacted by an increase of
approximately 1.7% associated with increased compensation of
which approximately 1.3% was attributable to our recognition of
stock based compensation expense and approximately 1.7%
attributable to additional spending on advertising.
Interest (income) expense. Our interest
income for the year ended September 30, 2006 was
$3.0 million, representing an increase of
$1.4 million, or 91.4%, compared to interest income of
$1.6 million for the year ended September 30, 2005.
The increase in interest income is primarily attributable to the
increase in available investment funds as well as higher
interest rate returns.
Income taxes. Our provision for income
taxes for the year ended September 30, 2006 was
$16.3 million, or 37.3% of pretax income, compared to
$21.4 million, or 37.4% of pretax income, for the year
ended September 30, 2005. The effective rate for the year
ended September 30, 2006 is lower than the statutory rate
primarily due to the release of tax reserves related to tax
years closed to audit and state tax credits received related to
our investment in
43
our Norwood, Massachusetts campus. The effective tax rate for
the years ended September 30, 2005 is lower than the
statutory rate due to state tax credits received related to our
investment in our Norwood, Massachusetts campus.
Net income. As a result of the
foregoing, we reported net income for the year ended
September 30, 2006 of $27.4 million, as compared to
net income of $35.8 million for the year ended
September 30, 2005.
Fiscal
Year Ended September 30, 2005 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended
September 30, 2004
Net revenues. Our net revenues for the
year ended September 30, 2005 were $310.8 million,
representing an increase of $55.7 million, or 21.8%, as
compared to net revenues of $255.1 million for the year
ended September 30, 2004. This increase was primarily due
to tuition increases of between 3% and 5%, depending on the
program, and a 17.7% increase in the average undergraduate
full-time student enrollment. For the year ended
September 30, 2005, the average undergraduate full-time
student enrollment was 15,390, compared with 13,076 for the year
ended September 30, 2004.
We have accommodated the increase in average student enrollment
by improving utilization of our existing facilities, opening our
new Norwood, Massachusetts campus in late June 2005 and
expansion efforts at our Houston, Texas; Glendale Heights,
Illinois and Orlando, Florida campuses.
Educational services and facilities
expenses. Our educational services and
facilities expenses for the year ended September 30, 2005
were $145.0 million, representing an increase of
$28.3 million, or 24.2%, as compared to educational
services and facilities expenses of $116.7 million for the
year ended September 30, 2004. Educational services and
facilities expenses, excluding costs associated with new
campuses, for the year ended September 30, 2005 were
$132.0 million, representing an increase of
$17.4 million, or 15.2%, as compared to $114.6 million
for the year ended September 30, 2004. The increase in
costs, excluding expenses related to new campuses, is primarily
associated with increased compensation and related costs of
approximately $10.5 million, occupancy costs of
approximately $2.1 million, training supplies and repairs
and maintenance of approximately $2.4 million and are
primarily associated with supporting higher average student
enrollments.
Educational services and facilities expenses as a percentage of
net revenues increased to 46.7% for the year ended
September 30, 2005 as compared to 45.8% for the year ended
September 30, 2004. Educational services and facilities
expenses as a percentage of net revenues, excluding activity for
new campuses, was 45.3% for the year ended September 30,
2005 as compared to 45.1% for the year ended September 30,
2004. In addition to increased costs associated with new
campuses, educational services and facilities expense as a
percentage of net revenues, excluding new campus activity,
increased by approximately 0.3% associated with increased
compensation and approximately 0.5% related to increased
training supplies and repairs and maintenance partially offset
by a decrease of approximately 0.1% related to occupancy costs
and approximately 0.4% related to depreciation expense.
Selling, general and administrative
expenses. Our selling, general and
administrative expenses for the year ended September 30,
2005 were $110.0 million, an increase of
$21.7 million, or 24.6%, as compared to selling, general
and administrative expenses of $88.3 million for the year
ended September 30, 2004. Selling, general and
administrative expenses, excluding costs associated with new
campuses, for the year ended September 30, 2005 were
$98.1 million, representing an increase of
$13.5 million, or 15.9%, as compared to $84.7 million
for the year ended September 30, 2004. The increase in
selling, general and administrative expenses is related to
compensation and related costs of approximately
$5.0 million primarily due to additional personnel
associated with sales activities and other organizational
support, approximately $1.6 million due to increased
advertising, approximately $1.3 million related to bad debt
expense, and approximately $0.9 million related to
depreciation expense.
Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of
net revenues increased to 35.4% for the year ended
September 30, 2005 as compared to 34.6% for the year ended
September 30, 2004. Selling, general and administrative
expenses as a percentage of net revenues, excluding activity for
new campuses, was 33.6% for the year ended September 30,
2005 as compared to 33.3% for the year ended September 30,
2004. The increase in costs as a percentage of revenue,
excluding new campus activities, was impacted by approximately
0.3% related to bad debt expense and approximately 0.3% related
to depreciation expense partially offset by approximately 0.2%
related to contract services.
44
Interest (income) expense. Our interest
income for the year ended September 30, 2005 was
$1.6 million, representing an increase of
$1.2 million, or 381.3%, compared to interest income of
$0.3 million for the year ended September 30, 2004.
This increase was attributable to the investment of our excess
cash and higher interest rates. Our interest expense for the
year ended September 30, 2005 was $0.1 million,
representing a decrease of $1.2 million, or 91.5%, compared
to interest expense of $1.4 million for the year ended
September 30, 2004. The decrease in interest expense was
primarily due to the payment in full of our then outstanding
term debt with proceeds received from our initial public
offering in December 2003.
Income taxes. Our provision for income
taxes for the year ended September 30, 2005 was
$21.4 million, or 37.4% of pretax income, compared to
$19.1 million, or 39.9% of pretax income, for the year
ended September 30, 2004. The lower effective rate for the
year ended September 30, 2005 as compared to the year ended
September 30, 2004 is primarily attributable to state tax
credits and overall lower state tax rates.
Net income. As a result of the
foregoing, we reported net income for the year ended
September 30, 2005 of $35.8 million, as compared to
net income of $28.8 million for the year ended
September 30, 2004.
Liquidity
and Capital Resources
We finance our operating activities and our internal growth
through cash generated from operations. Our net cash from
operations was $45.4 million in fiscal 2006,
$57.4 million in fiscal 2005 and $58.1 million in
fiscal 2004. At September 30, 2006, in order to provide
greater consistency within the consolidated statements of cash
flows for the transactions related to posting a letter of credit
in favor of ED, we reclassified the change in restricted cash
from cash flows from operating activities to cash flows from
investing activities for the years ended September 30, 2004
and 2005.
Following is a summary of the reclassification in the
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
Previously
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reported
|
|
|
Previously
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reported
|
|
|
|
Reported
|
|
|
Reclassification
|
|
|
Balance
|
|
|
Reported
|
|
|
Reclassification
|
|
|
Balance
|
|
|
Restricted cash
|
|
$
|
(10,395
|
)
|
|
$
|
10,395
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
10,195
|
|
|
$
|
(10,195
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating
activities
|
|
$
|
47,661
|
|
|
$
|
10,395
|
|
|
$
|
58,056
|
|
|
$
|
67,763
|
|
|
$
|
(10,395
|
)
|
|
$
|
57,368
|
|
Restricted cash
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(10,395
|
)
|
|
$
|
(10,395
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
10,395
|
|
|
$
|
10,395
|
|
Net cash used in investing
activities
|
|
$
|
(16,939
|
)
|
|
$
|
(10,395
|
)
|
|
$
|
(27,334
|
)
|
|
$
|
(61,480
|
)
|
|
$
|
10,395
|
|
|
$
|
(51,085
|
)
|
A majority of our net revenues are derived from Title IV
Programs. Federal regulations dictate the timing of
disbursements of funds under Title IV Programs. Students
must apply for a new loan for each academic year consisting of
thirty-week periods. Loan funds are generally provided by
lenders in two disbursements for each academic year. The first
disbursement is usually received 30 days after the start of
a students academic year and the second disbursement is
typically received at the beginning of the sixteenth week from
the start of the students academic year. During 2006, ED
clarified its rule and is now allowing institutions with default
rates below 10% for three consecutive years to request the first
disbursement when students begin attending class. As a result,
beginning in June 2006, our campuses in Avondale, Arizona;
Glendale Heights, Illinois; Rancho Cucamonga, California;
Mooresville, North Carolina and Norwood, Massachusetts are no
longer subject to a 30 day delay in receiving the first
disbursement. Certain types of grants and other funding are not
subject to a
30-day
delay. These factors, together with the timing of when our
students begin their programs, affect our operating cash flow.
Operating
Activities
In 2006, our cash flows provided by operating activities were
$45.4 million resulting from net income of
$27.4 million, plus adjustments of $21.7 million for
non-cash and other items, less $3.7 million related to the
change in our operating assets and liabilities.
45
In 2005, our cash flows from operating activities were
$57.4 million resulting from net income of
$35.8 million, plus adjustments of $13.9 million for
non-cash and other items, plus $7.6 million related to the
change in our operating assets and liabilities.
In 2006, the primary adjustments to our net income for non-cash
and other items were amortization and depreciation of
$14.2 million, substantially all of which was depreciation,
and bad debt expense of $4.7 million. The additional
adjustments related to our adoption of SFAS 123(R)
resulting in stock-based compensation expense of
$4.9 million which is partially offset by the related tax
effect recognized in deferred income taxes of approximately
$2.4 million. In 2007, amortization and depreciation is
expected to be higher due to additional capital expenditures,
stock-based compensation is expected to be higher due to stock
grants in June 2006 and anticipated grants during fiscal 2007
and bad debt expense is expected to be similar as a percentage
of revenue.
In 2005, the primary adjustments to net income for non-cash and
other items were amortization and depreciation of
$9.8 million, substantially all of which was depreciation,
and bad debt expense of $4.2 million. Additional
adjustments included deferred income taxes, excess tax benefit
from stock-based compensation, stock compensation expense and
loss on the sale of assets.
Changes
in operating assets and liabilities
In 2006, the change in our operating assets and liabilities of
$3.7 million was primarily due to changes in receivables
and deferred revenue, income taxes, other assets, and accounts
payable and accrued expenses. A combination of a lower number of
student starts during the year ended September 30, 2006
when compared to the year ended September 30, 2005,
operating efficiencies and our ability to request the first
disbursement of Title IV funding without a 30 day
delay at five campuses resulted in a decrease in receivables of
$1.8 million and an increase in deferred revenue of
$6.6 million resulting in a combined positive cash flow of
$8.4 million.
Due to the timing of income tax payments, at September 30,
2006 we were in an income tax receivable position as compared to
an income tax payable position at September 30, 2005 which
contributed a net increase in income taxes of $3.7 million.
Additionally, we classified $0.8 million of the tax benefit
from stock-based compensation as a decrease in income taxes in
cash flows from operating activities with the offsetting
increase in cash flows from financing activities which is
required under SFAS 123(R). Other assets increased by
$2.1 million primarily due to a prepayment of software
licenses. The cash used in accounts payable and accrued expenses
of $6.3 million was primarily due to the timing of payments
related to construction liabilities.
In 2005, cash flows of $7.6 million were provided by
operations relating to the change in our operating assets and
liabilities primarily due to changes in accounts receivable and
deferred revenues, accounts payable and accrued expenses and
other current liabilities partially offset by cash outflows
attributable to prepaid expenses. The growth of our student
population and the timing of tuition funding resulted in an
increase in accounts receivable of $5.3 million and an
increase in deferred revenues of $8.3 million resulting in
a combined positive cash flow of $3.0 million. Cash
provided by increases in accounts payable and accrued expenses
and other current liabilities was primarily due to increases in
accounts payable, accrued compensation and benefits, royalties,
real estate taxes and professional fees primarily associated
with Sarbanes-Oxley compliance, income tax payable and the
recognition of our guarantee liability associated with certain
tuition funding received. These increases were attributable
primarily to our increased level of operations necessary to
support average student growth. The increase in cash used for
prepaid expenses was primarily attributable to payment of
advertising and facility rent.
Our working capital decreased $39.8 million to a working
capital deficit of $26.0 million at September 30, 2006
compared to $13.8 million at September 30, 2005. The
decrease in 2006 was primarily attributable to the decrease in
cash of $30.0 million which was used to repurchase shares
of our common stock in accordance with our stock repurchase
program. At September 30, 2006 we had repurchased
approximately 1.4 million shares of our common stock at an
average purchase price of $20.95 per share. Our current
ratio was 0.73 at September 30, 2006 as compared to 1.2 at
September 30, 2005. There were no outstanding borrowings on
our line of credit during 2006.
Receivables, net were $16.7 million and $21.2 million
at September 30, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Our days
sales outstanding (DSO) in accounts receivable was approximately
20 days at September 30, 2006 and 24 days at
September 30, 2005, an improvement of 4 days. The
improvement was primarily attributable to the lower number of
46
student starts during 2006 as compared to 2005, operating
efficiencies and the ability to request the first disbursement
of Title IV funding without the 30 day delay at five
of our campuses.
Investing
Activities
Our cash used in investing activities is primarily related to
the purchase of property and equipment and capital improvements,
partially offset by the release of restricted investments which,
prior to release, were collateral related to our letter of
credit issued in favor of ED. Our capital expenditures primarily
result from the addition of new and the expansion of existing
campuses and ongoing replacements of equipment related to
student training. Net cash used in investing activities was
$29.9 million, $51.1 million and $27.3 million in
the years ended September 30, 2004, 2005 and 2006,
respectively.
The decrease in cash used in investing activities during the
year ended September 30, 2006 was primarily attributable to
a decrease in cash outflows associated with our investment in
securities to collateralize a letter of credit. The increase in
cash used for capital expenditures related to expansion efforts
of our existing campuses and investment in training aids,
classroom technology and other equipment that support our
programs.
In addition to our investment in new and replacement training
equipment for our ongoing operations, the following is a summary
of our significant investments in capital expenditure activities
for our fiscal year ended September 30, 2006.
|
|
|
|
|
We invested approximately $21.4 million in building
construction and purchased approximately $3.0 million in
training and furniture and office equipment to continue the
buildout of the permanent location of our Sacramento, California
campus.
|
|
|
|
We invested approximately $4.6 million in building
construction and training equipment to continue the retrofit of
our Norwood, Massachusetts campus.
|
|
|
|
We invested approximately $3.2 million in leasehold
improvements for the expansion of our Orlando, Florida campus to
accommodate expansion of our automotive and motorcycle programs.
|
As a result of our investments in new and expansion of existing
campuses, we added 3,085 seats to our capacity, for a total
of 25,110 seats, during 2006.
Additionally, we were notified during the first quarter that ED
no longer required a letter of credit and accordingly, the
restrictions on our $16.2 million of restricted investments
were removed and the funds became available for general
corporate use. Upon maturity of the
held-to-maturity
investments, the proceeds were invested in cash equivalent funds.
We expect capital expenditures to increase during 2007 as we
complete construction of our permanent campus at Sacramento,
California and complete our expansion projects at our MMI
Phoenix and Norwood, Massachusetts campuses.
The following is a summary of our current material capital
expenditure commitments:
|
|
|
|
|
During 2006, we entered into an agreement to lease property for
our MMI Phoenix campus. We intend to expand the existing campus
and construct a parking lot to accommodate a larger student
population for our elective programs. We plan to spend
approximately $5.0 to $6.0 million in capital
expenditures on this expansion during fiscal 2007.
|
|
|
|
During 2007, we plan to spend approximately $19.0 to
$21.0 million to complete building improvements and
purchase training aids and equipment to accommodate the diesel
and collision programs at our Sacramento, California campus. We
plan to complete our additional expansion at our Sacramento,
California campus during the third quarter of fiscal 2007.
|
|
|
|
We also plan to spend approximately $8.0 to $9.0 million
related to leasehold improvements and the purchase of training
aids and equipment to accommodate the diesel program at our
Norwood, Massachusetts campus. We plan to complete our
additional expansion for the diesel program at our Norwood,
Massachusetts campus during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2007.
|
47
The increase in cash used in investing activities during the
year ended September 30, 2005 was primarily attributable to
the following significant investments in capital expenditures:
|
|
|
|
|
We completed the real estate purchase of our new Norwood,
Massachusetts campus, retrofitted the existing building and
purchased training aids and computer equipment resulting in a
total investment of approximately $24.9 million.
|
|
|
|
We invested approximately $0.9 million for leasehold
improvements at our temporary location for our Sacramento,
California campus. In addition we invested approximately
$1.7 million in training equipment, computers and
pre-construction costs for our permanent campus.
|
|
|
|
We invested approximately $2.6 million for other expansion
efforts that included our Houston, Texas campus collision
program expansion and our completion of additional space at our
Glendale Heights, Illinois campus.
|
In addition, concurrent with the release of $10.4 million
in restricted cash, we invested $16.2 million in securities
to secure our letter of credit in the amount of
$14.4 million issued in favor of ED.
Financing
Activities
In 2006, our cash flows used in financing activities were
$26.2 million and were primarily attributable to
$30.0 million used for the repurchase of shares of our
common stock, partially offset by $3.1 million provided by
proceeds from the issuance of our common shares under employee
stock plans and $0.8 million related to the tax benefit
from stock-based compensation in connection with our adoption of
SFAS No. 123(R).
In 2005, our cash flows provided by financing activities were
$3.2 million and were primarily related to
$3.4 million provided by proceeds from the issuance of our
common shares from the exercise of stock options partially
offset by the payments on capital leases, payment of deferred
finance fees and the distribution of proceeds from the sale of
land.
Debt
Service
For the years ended September 30, 2004 and 2005 we had no
debt outstanding, except for our capital leases. At
September 30, 2006, we had no debt or capital leases
outstanding.
On October 26, 2004, we entered into a credit agreement
with a bank for a revolving line of credit in the amount of
$30.0 million and a standby letter of credit facility for
up to $20.0 million. On July 5, 2006, we entered into
a modification agreement which eliminated the standby letter of
credit facility and changed the minimum quarterly current ratio
financial covenants. At the time of the modification, there was
$0 outstanding on the standby letter of credit facility. The
credit agreement is effective through October 26, 2007.
The revolving line of credit is guaranteed by UTI Holdings, Inc.
and each of its wholly owned subsidiaries. Letters of credit
issued bear fees of 0.625% per annum. The credit agreement
requires interest to be paid quarterly in arrears based upon the
lenders interest rate less 0.50% per annum or LIBOR
plus 0.625% per annum, at our option. Additionally, the
revolving line of credit requires an unused commitment fee
payable quarterly in arrears equal to 0.125% per annum. The
terms of the revolving line of credit were not changed in the
modification agreement.
Prior to the modification, we had the option to issue letters of
credit under either the revolving line of credit, thereby
reducing our borrowing availability, or under the standby letter
of credit facility. The standby letter of credit facility was
collateralized by an investment collateral account equal to the
advance rate, as defined, and dependent upon the underlying
collateral investment. Issued letters of credit incurred fees of
0.375% per annum under the standby letter of credit
facility. Interest on issued letters of credit was payable
quarterly in advance. Effective November 1, 2004, we issued
a letter of credit in favor of ED in the amount of
$14.4 million which was collateralized by a
$16.2 million investment held in marketable securities. In
October 2005, we were notified by ED that we were no longer
required to post a letter of credit as a result of their review
of our fiscal 2004 financial statements. Upon the release of our
issued and outstanding letter of credit, our restricted
investments became available for general corporate purposes.
48
The credit agreement contains certain restrictive covenants,
including but not limited to maintenance of certain financial
ratios and restrictions on indebtedness, contingent obligations
and investments. The modification agreement revised the minimum
quarterly current ratio to 0.50 through June 30, 2007 and
0.60 on September 30, 2007 and thereafter. Prior to the
modification, the minimum quarterly current ratio financial
covenant was 0.60 at September 30, 2006 and thereafter. In
addition, the credit agreement requires that we maintain our
accreditation and eligibility for receiving Title IV
Program funds.
At September 30, 2006, we had $30.0 million available
to borrow, there were no borrowings under our credit facility
and we were in compliance with all covenants.
Effective September 30, 2004, we terminated our old Credit
Agreement. There were no outstanding borrowings under the
revolving credit facility and we had an outstanding letter of
credit of $9.9 million issued to the ED at the time of
termination. In connection with the termination of the old
Credit Agreement, we provided $10.4 million in cash
collateral for the $9.9 million issued and outstanding
letter of credit which expired on November 9, 2004.
Dividends
We do not currently pay any dividends on our common stock. Our
Board of Directors will determine whether to pay dividends in
the future based on conditions then existing, including our
earnings, financial condition and capital requirements, the
availability of third-party financing and the financial
responsibility standards prescribed by ED, as well as any
economic and other conditions that our Board of Directors may
deem relevant.
Future
Liquidity Sources
Based on past performance and current expectations, we believe
that our cash flow from operations and other sources of
liquidity, including borrowings available under our revolving
credit facility, will satisfy our working capital needs, capital
expenditures, commitments, and other liquidity requirements
associated with our existing operations through the next
12 months.
We believe that the most strategic uses of our cash resources
include filling existing capacity, completing the expansion of
our existing campuses, expanding our program offerings, and the
repurchase of our common stock. In addition, our long term
strategy includes considering strategic acquisitions. To the
extent that potential acquisitions are large enough to require
financing beyond cash on hand, cash flow from operations and
available borrowings under our credit facility, we may incur
additional debt, resulting in increased interest expense.
Contractual
Obligations
The following table sets forth, as of September 30, 2006,
the aggregate amounts of our significant contractual obligations
and commitments with definitive payment terms that will require
significant cash outlays in the future.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due by Period
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less Than
|
|
|
1-3
|
|
|
3-5
|
|
|
More Than
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1 Year
|
|
|
Years
|
|
|
Years
|
|
|
5 Years
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Operating leases(1)
|
|
$
|
234,609
|
|
|
$
|
19,635
|
|
|
$
|
37,355
|
|
|
$
|
34,673
|
|
|
$
|
142,946
|
|
Purchase obligations(2)
|
|
|
26,365
|
|
|
|
25,181
|
|
|
|
953
|
|
|
|
231
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other long-term obligations(3)
|
|
|
10,081
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,886
|
|
|
|
1,618
|
|
|
|
6,577
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total contractual cash obligations
|
|
|
271,055
|
|
|
|
44,816
|
|
|
|
40,194
|
|
|
|
36,522
|
|
|
|
149,523
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issued and outstanding surety
bonds(4)
|
|
|
14,472
|
|
|
|
14,472
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total contractual commitments
|
|
$
|
285,527
|
|
|
$
|
59,288
|
|
|
$
|
40,194
|
|
|
$
|
36,522
|
|
|
$
|
149,523
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Minimum rental commitments. These amounts do not include
property taxes, insurance or normal recurring repairs and
maintenance. |
49
|
|
|
(2) |
|
Includes all agreements to purchase goods or services of either
a fixed or minimum quantity that are enforceable and legally
binding. Where the obligation to purchase goods or services is
noncancelable, the entire value of the contract was included in
the table. Additionally, purchase orders outstanding as of
September 30, 2006, employment contracts and minimum
payments under licensing and royalty agreements are included. |
|
(3) |
|
Includes deferred facility rent liabilities, tax reserves,
deferred compensation and other obligations. |
|
(4) |
|
Represents surety bonds posted on behalf of our schools and
education representatives with multiple state education agencies. |
Related
Party Transactions
In connection with our initial public offering in December 2003,
we exchanged for shares of our common stock or redeemed for
cash, at the holders election, our series A preferred
stock, series B preferred stock and series C preferred
stock. We used $25.5 million of the net proceeds from our
public offering to redeem all outstanding shares of our
series A, series B and series C preferred stock
that were not exchanged for shares of common stock and to pay
all the accrued and unpaid dividends on all the series of our
preferred stock, whether or not exchanged. The following table
shows the amounts that our executive officers and directors
received in connection with such redemption and payment of
dividends.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred Stock
|
|
|
|
Redemption Amount
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Robert Hartman
|
|
$
|
3,663
|
|
John White
|
|
$
|
1,558
|
|
Kimberly McWaters
|
|
$
|
50
|
|
David Miller
|
|
$
|
4
|
|
Roger Speer
|
|
$
|
15
|
|
Since 1991, some of our properties have been leased from
entities controlled by John C. White, our Chairman of our Board
of Directors. A portion of the property comprising our Orlando
location is occupied pursuant to a lease with the John C. and
Cynthia L. White 1989 Family Trust, with the lease term expiring
on August 19, 2022. The annual base lease payments for the
first year under this lease totaled approximately $326,000, with
annual adjustments based on the higher of (i) an amount
equal to 4% of the total annual rent for the immediately
preceding year or (ii) the percentage of increase in the
Consumer Price Index. Another portion of the property comprising
our Orlando location is occupied pursuant to a lease with
Delegates LLC, an entity controlled by the White Family Trust,
with the lease term expiring on July 1, 2016. The
beneficiaries of this trust are Mr. Whites children,
and the trustee of the trust is not related to Mr. White.
Annual base lease payments under this lease are approximately
$680,000, with annual adjustments based on the higher of
(i) an amount equal to 4% of the total annual rent for the
immediately preceding year or (ii) the percentage of
increase in the Consumer Price Index. Additionally, since April
1994, we have leased two of our Phoenix properties under one
lease from City Park LLC, a successor in interest of
2844 West Deer Valley L.L.C. and in which the John C. and
Cynthia L. White 1989 Family Trust holds a 25% interest. The
lease expires on February 28, 2015, and the annual base
lease payments under this lease, as amended, totaled
approximately $463,000, with annual adjustments based on the
higher of (i) an amount equal to 4% of the total annual
rent for the immediately preceding year or (ii) the
percentage of increase in the Consumer Price Index. The table
below sets forth the total payments that we have made in fiscal
2004, 2005 and 2006 under these leases:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John C. and Cynthia L. White
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
City Park LLC
|
|
|
1989 Family Trust
|
|
|
Delegates LLC
|
|
|
Fiscal 2004
|
|
$
|
551,775
|
|
|
$
|
447,205
|
|
|
$
|
924,307
|
|
Fiscal 2005
|
|
$
|
488,523
|
|
|
$
|
436,036
|
|
|
$
|
877,544
|
|
Fiscal 2006
|
|
$
|
507,351
|
|
|
$
|
534,137
|
|
|
$
|
831,759
|
|
We believe that the rental rates under these leases approximate
the fair market rental value of the properties at the time the
lease agreements were negotiated.
50
For a description of additional information regarding related
party transactions, see the information included in our proxy
statement for the 2007 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the
heading Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions.
Seasonality
Our net revenues and operating results normally fluctuate as a
result of seasonal variations in our business, principally due
to changes in total student population and costs associated with
opening or expanding our campuses. Student population varies as
a result of new student enrollments, graduations and student
attrition. Historically, our schools have had lower student
populations in our third fiscal quarter than in the remainder of
our fiscal year because fewer students are enrolled during the
summer months. Our expenses, however, do not vary significantly
with changes in student population and net revenues and, as a
result, such expenses do not fluctuate significantly on a
quarterly basis. We expect quarterly fluctuations in operating
results to continue as a result of seasonal enrollment patterns.
Such patterns may change, however, as a result of new school
openings, new program introductions, increased enrollments of
adult students or acquisitions. In addition, our net revenues
for the first fiscal quarter ending December 31 are
adversely affected by the fact that we have fewer earning days
when our campuses are closed during the calendar year end
holiday break and accordingly do not recognize revenue during
that period.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Revenues
|
|
|
|
Year Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
Three Month Period Ending:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31
|
|
$
|
59,043
|
|
|
|
23.1
|
%
|
|
$
|
73,336
|
|
|
|
23.6
|
%
|
|
$
|
85,512
|
|
|
|
24.6
|
%
|
March 31
|
|
|
63,684
|
|
|
|
25.0
|
%
|
|
|
77,482
|
|
|
|
24.9
|
%
|
|
|
88,686
|
|
|
|
25.6
|
%
|
June 30
|
|
|
62,947
|
|
|
|
24.7
|
%
|
|
|
76,074
|
|
|
|
24.5
|
%
|
|
|
84,134
|
|
|
|
24.2
|
%
|
September 30
|
|
|
69,475
|
|
|
|
27.2
|
%
|
|
|
83,908
|
|
|
|
27.0
|
%
|
|
|
88,734
|
|
|
|
25.6
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
255,149
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
310,800
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
347,066
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from Operations
|
|
|
|
Year Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands)
|
|
|
Three Month Period Ending:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31
|
|
$
|
14,015
|
|
|
|
28.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
15,476
|
|
|
|
27.7
|
%
|
|
$
|
16,251
|
|
|
|
39.9
|
%
|
March 31
|
|
|
13,494
|
|
|
|
26.9
|
%
|
|
|
14,429
|
|
|
|
25.9
|
%
|
|
|
12,522
|
|
|
|
30.7
|
%
|
June 30
|
|
|
10,865
|
|
|
|
21.7
|
%
|
|
|
11,450
|
|
|
|
20.5
|
%
|
|
|
5,711
|
|
|
|
14.0
|
%
|
September 30
|
|
|
11,748
|
|
|
|
23.4
|
%
|
|
|
14,423
|
|
|
|
25.9
|
%
|
|
|
6,256
|
|
|
|
15.4
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
50,122
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
55,778
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
40,740
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITEM 7A.
|
QUANTITATIVE
AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
|
Historically, our principal exposure to market risk relates to
changes in interest rates. We believe that we currently have
minimal financial exposure to market risk.
Effect of
Inflation
To date, inflation has not had a significant effect on our
operations.
51
|
|
ITEM 8.
|
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
|
The following financial statements of the company and its
subsidiaries are included below on pages F-2 to F-33 of this
report:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Managements Report on
Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
|
|
|
F-2
|
|
Report of Independent Registered
Public Accounting Firm
|
|
|
F-3
|
|
Consolidated Balance Sheets at
September 30, 2005 and 2006
|
|
|
F-5
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Income
for the three years ended September 30, 2004, 2005 and 2006
|
|
|
F-6
|
|
Consolidated Statements of
Shareholders Equity for the three years ended
September 30, 2004, 2005 and 2006
|
|
|
F-7
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Cash
Flows for the three years ended September 30, 2004, 2005
and 2006
|
|
|
F-8
|
|
Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements
|
|
|
F-10
|
|
|
|
ITEM 9.
|
CHANGES
IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
|
None.
|
|
ITEM 9A.
|
CONTROLS
AND PROCEDURES
|
Disclosure
Controls and Procedures
Under the supervision and with the participation of our
management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief
Financial Officer, we have evaluated the effectiveness of the
design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures
(as such term is defined in
Rules 13a-15(e)
and
15d-15(e)
under the Exchange Act) as of September 30, 2006, pursuant
to Exchange Act
Rule 13a-15.
Based upon that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and the
Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls
and procedures as of September 30, 2006 are effective in
ensuring that (i) information required to be disclosed by
the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the
Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported,
within the time periods specified in the SECs rules and
forms and (ii) information required to be disclosed by the
Company in the reports that it files or submits under the
Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the
Companys management, including its principal executive and
principal financial officers, or persons performing similar
functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding
required disclosure.
Changes
in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
There were no changes in our internal control over financial
reporting identified in connection with the evaluation required
by Exchange Act
Rule 13a-15(d)
or 15d-15(d)
that occurred during the quarter ended September 30, 2006
that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to
materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
Managements Report on Internal Control Over Financial
Reporting and our Independent Registered Public Accounting
Firms report with respect to managements assessment
of the effectiveness of internal control over financial
reporting are included on pages F-2 and F-3, respectively, of
this annual report on
Form 10-K.
Managements
Certifications
The Company has filed as exhibits to its annual report on
Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2006, filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission, the certifications of
the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of
the Company required by Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act of 2002.
52
The Company has submitted to the New York Stock Exchange the
most recent Annual Chief Executive Officer Certification as
required by Section 303A.12(a) of the New York Stock
Exchange Listed Company Manual.
|
|
ITEM 9B.
|
OTHER
INFORMATION
|
None.
PART III
|
|
ITEM 10.
|
DIRECTORS
AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT
|
The information set forth in our proxy statement for the 2007
Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the headings Election
of Directors and Code of Conduct; Corporate
Governance Guidelines is incorporated herein by reference.
Information regarding executive officers of the Company is set
forth under the caption Executive Officers of Universal
Technical Institute, Inc. in Part I hereof.
|
|
ITEM 11.
|
EXECUTIVE
COMPENSATION
|
The information set forth in our proxy statement for the 2007
Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the heading Executive
Compensation is incorporated herein by reference.
|
|
ITEM 12.
|
SECURITY
OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
|
The information set forth in our proxy statement for the 2007
Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the headings Equity
Compensation Plan Information and Security Ownership
of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management is
incorporated herein by reference.
|
|
ITEM 13.
|
CERTAIN
RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
|
The information set forth in our proxy statement for the 2007
Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the heading Certain
Relationships and Related Transactions is incorporated
herein by reference.
|
|
ITEM 14.
|
PRINCIPAL
ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
|
The information set forth in our proxy statement for the 2007
Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the heading Fees Paid
to PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP and Audit Committee
Pre-Approval Procedures for Services Provided by the Independent
Registered Public Accounting Firm is incorporated herein
by reference.
PART IV
|
|
ITEM 15.
|
EXHIBITS AND
FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
|
(a) Documents filed as part of this Annual Report on
Form 10-K:
(1) The financial statements required to be included in
this Annual Report on
Form 10-K
are included in Item 8 of this Report.
(2) All other schedules have been omitted because they are
not required, are not applicable, or the required information is
shown on the financial statements or the notes thereto.
53
(3) Exhibits:
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description
|
|
|
3
|
.1
|
|
Restated Certificate of
Incorporation of Registrant. (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrants Annual Report on
Form 10-K
dated December 23, 2004.)
|
|
3
|
.2
|
|
Amended and Restated Bylaws of
Registrant. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to a
Form 8-K
filed by the Registrant on February 23, 2005.)
|
|
4
|
.1
|
|
Specimen Certificate evidencing
shares of common stock. (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrants Registration Statement
on
Form S-1
dated October 3, 2003, or an amendment thereto
(No. 333-109430).)
|
|
4
|
.2
|
|
Registration Rights Agreement,
dated December 16, 2003, between Registrant and certain
stockholders signatory thereto. (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 4.2 to the Registrants Registration Statement
on
Form S-1
dated October 3, 2003, or an amendment thereto
(No. 333-109430).)
|
|
10
|
.1
|
|
Credit Agreement, dated
October 26, 2004, by and between the Registrant and Wells
Fargo Bank, National Association. (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrants Annual Report on
Form 10-K
dated December 23, 2004.)
|
|
10
|
.1.1
|
|
Modification Agreement, dated
July 5, 2006, by and between the Registrant and Wells Fargo
Bank, National Association. (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.2 to a
Form 8-K
filed by the Registrant on July 7, 2006.)
|
|
10
|
.2*
|
|
Universal Technical Institute
Executive Benefit Plan, effective March 1, 1997.
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on
Form S-1
dated October 3, 2003, or an amendment thereto
(No. 333-109430).)
|
|
10
|
.5*
|
|
Management 2002 Option Program.
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on
Form S-1
dated October 3, 2003, or an amendment thereto
(No. 333-109430).)
|
|
10
|
.6*
|
|
2003 Stock Incentive Plan (as
amended December 16, 2005). (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.6 to the Registrants Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
filed May 10, 2006.)
|
|
10
|
.6.1*
|
|
Form of Restricted Stock Award
Agreement. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to a
Form 8-K
filed by the Registrant on June 21, 2006.)
|
|
10
|
.6.2*
|
|
Form of Stock Option Grant
Agreement. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to a
Form 8-K
filed by the Registrant on June 21, 2006.)
|
|
10
|
.7*
|
|
Amended and Restated 2003 Employee
Stock Purchase Plan. (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrants Annual Report on
Form 10-K
filed December 14, 2005.)
|
|
10
|
.8*
|
|
Amended and Restated Employment
and Non-Interference Agreement, dated April 1, 2002,
between Registrant and Robert D. Hartman, as amended.
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on
Form S-1
dated October 3, 2003, or an amendment thereto
(No. 333-109430).)
|
|
10
|
.8.1*
|
|
Description of terms of continuing
relationship between Registrant and Robert D. Hartman.
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to a
Form 8-K
filed by the Registrant on October 6, 2005.)
|
|
10
|
.9*
|
|
Employment and Non-Interference
Agreement, dated April 1, 2002, between Registrant and John
C. White, as amended. (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.9 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on
Form S-1
dated October 3, 2003, or an amendment thereto
(No. 333-109430).)
|
|
10
|
.10*
|
|
Employment and Non-Interference
Agreement, dated April 1, 2002, between Registrant and
Kimberly J. McWaters, as amended. (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.10 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on
Form S-1
dated October 3, 2003, or an amendment thereto
(No. 333-109430).)
|
|
10
|
.11*
|
|
Employment Agreement, dated
November 30, 2003, between Registrant and Jennifer L.
Haslip. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on
Form S-1
dated October 3, 2003, or an amendment thereto
(No. 333-109430).)
|
|
10
|
.12*
|
|
Form of Severance Agreement
between Registrant and certain executive officers. (Incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Registrants
Registration Statement on
Form S-1
dated October 3, 2003, or an amendment thereto
(No. 333-109430).)
|
54
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description
|
|
|
10
|
.13
|
|
Lease Agreement, dated
April 1, 1994, as amended, between City Park LLC, as
successor in interest to 2844 West Deer Valley L.L.C., as
landlord, and The Clinton Harley Corporation, as tenant.
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on
Form S-1
dated October 3, 2003, or an amendment thereto
(No. 333-109430).)
|
|
10
|
.14
|
|
Lease Agreement, dated
July 2, 2001, as amended, between John C. and Cynthia L.
White, as trustees of the John C. and Cynthia L. White 1989
Family Trust, as landlord, and The Clinton Harley Corporation,
as tenant. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to
the Registrants Registration Statement on
Form S-1
dated October 3, 2003, or an amendment thereto
(No. 333-109430).)
|
|
10
|
.15
|
|
Lease Agreement, dated
July 2, 2001, between Delegates LLC, as landlord, and The
Clinton Harley Corporation, as tenant. (Incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the Registrants
Registration Statement on
Form S-1
dated October 3, 2003, or an amendment thereto
(No. 333-109430).)
|
|
10
|
.16
|
|
Form of Indemnification Agreement
by and between Registrant and its directors and officers.
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on
Form S-1
dated April 5, 2004, or an amendment thereto
(No. 333-114185).)
|
|
21
|
.1
|
|
Subsidiaries of Registrant.
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 21.1 to the
Registrants Annual Report on Form 10-K dated
December 14, 2005.)
|
|
23
|
.1
|
|
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers
LLP (filed herewith.)
|
|
24
|
.1
|
|
Power of Attorney. (Included on
signature page.)
|
|
31
|
.1
|
|
Certification of Chief Executive
Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
of 2002. (Filed herewith.)
|
|
31
|
.2
|
|
Certification of Chief Financial
Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
of 2002. (Filed herewith.)
|
|
32
|
.1
|
|
Certification of Chief Executive
Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted
pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
(Filed herewith.)
|
|
32
|
.2
|
|
Certification of Chief Financial
Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted
pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
(Filed herewith.)
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Indicates a contract with management or compensatory plan or
arrangement. |
55
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused
this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized.
UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC.
JOHN C. WHITE
Chairman of the Board
Date: December 13, 2006
POWER OF
ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature
appears below constitutes and appoints John C. White and
Jennifer L. Haslip, or either of them, as his true and lawful
attorneys-in-fact
and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution,
for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all
capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report
on
Form 10-K
and any documents related to this report and filed pursuant to
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and to file the same, with
all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection
therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting
unto said
attorneys-in-fact
and agents, full power and authority to do and perform each and
every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in
connection therewith as fully to all intents and purposes as he
might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all
that said
attorneys-in-fact
and agents, or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully do
or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons
on behalf of the Registrant in the capacities and on the dates
indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
Title
|
|
Date
|
|
/s/ John
C. White
John
C. White
|
|
Chairman of the Board
|
|
December 13, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Kimberly
J. McWaters
Kimberly
J. McWaters
|
|
President and Chief Executive
Officer (Principal Executive Officer) and Director
|
|
December 13, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Jennifer
L. Haslip
Jennifer
L. Haslip
|
|
Senior Vice President, Chief
Financial Officer and Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer and
Principal Accounting Officer)
|
|
December 13, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ A.
Richard Caputo, Jr.
A.
Richard Caputo, Jr.
|
|
Director
|
|
December 13, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Conrad
A. Conrad
Conrad
A. Conrad
|
|
Director
|
|
December 13, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Allan
D. Gilmour
Allan
D. Gilmour
|
|
Director
|
|
December 13, 2006
|
56
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
Title
|
|
Date
|
|
/s/ Robert
D. Hartman
Robert
D. Hartman
|
|
Director
|
|
December 13, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Kevin
P. Knight
Kevin
P. Knight
|
|
Director
|
|
December 13, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Roger
S. Penske
Roger
S. Penske
|
|
Director
|
|
December 13, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Linda
J. Srere
Linda
J. Srere
|
|
Director
|
|
December 13, 2006
|
57
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
INDEX TO
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Managements Report on
Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
|
|
|
F-2
|
|
Report of Independent Registered
Public Accounting Firm
|
|
|
F-3
|
|
Consolidated Balance Sheets at
September 30, 2005 and 2006
|
|
|
F-5
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Income
for the three years ended September 30, 2004, 2005 and 2006
|
|
|
F-6
|
|
Consolidated Statements of
Shareholders Equity for the three years ended
September 30, 2004, 2005 and 2006
|
|
|
F-7
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Cash
Flows for the three years ended September 30, 2004, 2005
and 2006
|
|
|
F-8
|
|
Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements
|
|
|
F-10
|
|
F-1
MANAGEMENTS
REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining
adequate internal control over financial reporting for the
company and for assessing the effectiveness of internal control
over financial reporting as such term is defined in
Rule 13a-15(f)
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Internal control over
financial reporting is a process to provide reasonable assurance
regarding the reliability of our financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in
accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the
United States.
Internal control over financial reporting includes maintaining
records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly
reflect our transactions and dispositions of the Companys
assets; providing reasonable assurance that transactions are
recorded as necessary to permit preparation of our financial
statements; providing reasonable assurance that receipts and
expenditures of company assets are made in accordance with
management authorization; and providing reasonable assurance
regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized
acquisition, use or disposition of company assets that could
have a material effect on our financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over
financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future
periods are subject to risks that controls may become inadequate
because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance
with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our
internal control over financial reporting based on the framework
established in Internal Control Integrated
Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this
evaluation, management concluded that the companys
internal control over financial reporting was effective as of
September 30, 2006. There were no changes in our internal
control over financial reporting during the quarter ended
September 30, 2006 that have materially affected, or that
are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control
over financial reporting.
Managements assessment of the effectiveness of the
Companys internal control over financial reporting as of
September 30, 2006 has been audited by
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public
accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included
herein.
F-2
Report of
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders
of Universal Technical Institute, Inc.:
We have completed integrated audits of Universal Technical
Institute, Inc.s 2006 and 2005 consolidated financial
statements and of its internal control over financial reporting
as of September 30, 2006, and an audit of its 2004
consolidated financial statements in accordance with the
standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board
(United States). Our opinions, based on our audits, are
presented below.
Consolidated financial statements
In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and
the related consolidated statements of income, of
shareholders equity, and of cash flows present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of Universal
Technical Institute, Inc. and its subsidiaries at
September 30, 2006 and 2005, and the results of their
operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in
the period ended September 30, 2006 in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America. These financial statements are the responsibility of
the Companys management. Our responsibility is to express
an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We
conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the
standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board
(United States). Those standards require that we plan and
perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether
the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An
audit of financial statements includes examining, on a test
basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the
financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used
and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the
overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our
audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
As discussed in Note 12 to the consolidated financial
statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts
for share-based compensation effective October 1, 2005.
Internal control over financial reporting
Also, in our opinion, managements assessment, included in
the accompanying Managements Report on Internal Control
Over Financial Reporting, that the Company maintained effective
internal control over financial reporting as of
September 30, 2006 based on criteria established in
Internal Control Integrated Framework issued
by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
Commission (COSO), is fairly stated, in all material respects,
based on those criteria. Furthermore, in our opinion, the
Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal
control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2006,
based on criteria established in Internal Control
Integrated Framework issued by the COSO. The Companys
management is responsible for maintaining effective internal
control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the
effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our
responsibility is to express opinions on managements
assessment and on the effectiveness of the Companys
internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We
conducted our audit of internal control over financial reporting
in accordance with the standards of the Public Company
Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards
require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance about whether effective internal control over
financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. An
audit of internal control over financial reporting includes
obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial
reporting, evaluating managements assessment, testing and
evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal
control, and performing such other procedures as we consider
necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit
provides a reasonable basis for our opinions.
F-3
A companys internal control over financial reporting is a
process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles. A companys
internal control over financial reporting includes those
policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance
of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly
reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the
company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that
transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of
financial statements in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the
company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of
management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide
reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of
unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the
companys assets that could have a material effect on the
financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over
financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future
periods are subject to the risk that controls may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree
of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Phoenix, Arizona
December 13, 2006
F-4
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED
BALANCE SHEETS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
52,045
|
|
|
$
|
41,431
|
|
Restricted investments
|
|
|
16,198
|
|
|
|
|
|
Receivables, net
|
|
|
21,244
|
|
|
|
16,702
|
|
Deferred tax assets
|
|
|
7,053
|
|
|
|
4,719
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current
assets
|
|
|
7,158
|
|
|
|
7,417
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
103,698
|
|
|
|
70,269
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
74,417
|
|
|
|
117,298
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
20,579
|
|
|
|
20,579
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
1,914
|
|
|
|
4,015
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
200,608
|
|
|
$
|
212,161
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND
SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable and accrued
expenses
|
|
$
|
39,124
|
|
|
$
|
42,033
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
42,840
|
|
|
|
49,479
|
|
Accrued tool sets
|
|
|
3,401
|
|
|
|
4,019
|
|
Other current liabilities
|
|
|
4,516
|
|
|
|
747
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
89,881
|
|
|
|
96,278
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
7,622
|
|
|
|
2,900
|
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
7,372
|
|
|
|
10,081
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
104,875
|
|
|
|
109,259
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingencies
(Note 11)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, $.0001 par
value, 100,000,000 shares authorized,
27,980,610 shares issued and outstanding at
September 30, 2005 and 28,174,995 shares issued and
26,744,050 shares outstanding at September 30, 2006
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Preferred stock, $.0001 par
value, 10,000,000 shares authorized; 0 shares issued
and outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Paid-in capital
|
|
|
114,992
|
|
|
|
124,804
|
|
Treasury stock, at cost,
0 shares at September 30, 2005 and
1,430,945 shares at September 30, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(30,029
|
)
|
(Accumulated deficit)/retained
earnings
|
|
|
(19,262
|
)
|
|
|
8,124
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total shareholders equity
|
|
|
95,733
|
|
|
|
102,902
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and
shareholders equity
|
|
$
|
200,608
|
|
|
$
|
212,161
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the these
consolidated financial statements.
F-5
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENTS OF INCOME
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share
|
|
|
|
amounts)
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
$
|
255,149
|
|
|
$
|
310,800
|
|
|
$
|
347,066
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Educational services and facilities
|
|
|
116,730
|
|
|
|
145,026
|
|
|
|
173,229
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
88,297
|
|
|
|
109,996
|
|
|
|
133,097
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
205,027
|
|
|
|
255,022
|
|
|
|
306,326
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
|
50,122
|
|
|
|
55,778
|
|
|
|
40,740
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other expense (income):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
(328
|
)
|
|
|
(1,577
|
)
|
|
|
(3,018
|
)
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
1,263
|
|
|
|
116
|
|
|
|
48
|
|
Interest expense related parties
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other expense
|
|
|
1,134
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other expense (income)
|
|
|
2,165
|
|
|
|
(1,461
|
)
|
|
|
(2,970
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
47,957
|
|
|
|
57,239
|
|
|
|
43,710
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
19,137
|
|
|
|
21,420
|
|
|
|
16,324
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
28,820
|
|
|
|
35,819
|
|
|
|
27,386
|
|
Preferred stock dividends
|
|
|
(776
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income available to common
shareholders
|
|
$
|
28,044
|
|
|
$
|
35,819
|
|
|
$
|
27,386
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic net income per share
|
|
$
|
1.14
|
|
|
$
|
1.28
|
|
|
$
|
0.99
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted net income per share
|
|
$
|
1.04
|
|
|
$
|
1.26
|
|
|
$
|
0.97
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average number of common
shares outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
24,659
|
|
|
|
27,899
|
|
|
|
27,799
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
27,585
|
|
|
|
28,536
|
|
|
|
28,255
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the these
consolidated financial statements.
F-6
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deficit)/
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
Paid-In
|
|
|
Treasury Stock
|
|
|
Retained
|
|
|
Subscriptions
|
|
|
Shareholders
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Earnings
|
|
|
Receivable
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
Balance at September 30, 2003
|
|
|
13,873
|
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(83,125
|
)
|
|
$
|
(28
|
)
|
|
$
|
(83,152
|
)
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28,820
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28,820
|
|
Issuance of common stock, net
|
|
|
3,250
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
58,977
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
58,977
|
|
Conversion of preferred stock
|
|
|
10,571
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
48,538
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
48,540
|
|
Proceeds received on subscription
receivable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
Issuance of common stock under
employee plans
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,285
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,285
|
|
Tax benefit from employee stock
plans
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
495
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
495
|
|
Stock compensation
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
808
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
808
|
|
Dividends on preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(776
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(776
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at September 30, 2004
|
|
|
27,781
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
110,103
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(55,081
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
55,025
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35,819
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35,819
|
|
Issuance of common stock under
employee plans
|
|
|
193
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,396
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,396
|
|
Tax benefit from employee stock
plans
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,211
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,211
|
|
Stock compensation
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
282
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
282
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at September 30, 2005
|
|
|
27,980
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
114,992
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(19,262
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
95,733
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
27,386
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
27,386
|
|
Issuance of common stock under
employee plans
|
|
|
195
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,082
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,082
|
|
Tax benefit from employee stock
plans
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,006
|
|
Tax benefit from preferred stock
issuance
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
792
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
792
|
|
Stock compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,932
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,932
|
|
Treasury stock purchases
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,431
|
|
|
|
(30,029
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(30,029
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at September 30, 2006
|
|
|
28,175
|
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
|
$
|
124,804
|
|
|
|
1,431
|
|
|
$
|
(30,029
|
)
|
|
$
|
8,124
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
102,902
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-7
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Cash flows from operating
activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
28,820
|
|
|
$
|
35,819
|
|
|
$
|
27,386
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income
to net cash provided by operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
8,812
|
|
|
|
9,777
|
|
|
|
14,205
|
|
Bad debt expense
|
|
|
2,295
|
|
|
|
4,211
|
|
|
|
4,693
|
|
Excess tax benefit from stock-based
compensation
|
|
|
495
|
|
|
|
1,211
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock compensation
|
|
|
808
|
|
|
|
282
|
|
|
|
4,932
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
3,299
|
|
|
|
(1,700
|
)
|
|
|
(2,388
|
)
|
Loss on sale of property and
equipment
|
|
|
325
|
|
|
|
161
|
|
|
|
234
|
|
Write-off of deferred financing fees
|
|
|
1,099
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock interest expense
|
|
|
265
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in assets and liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Receivables
|
|
|
(2,563
|
)
|
|
|
(5,319
|
)
|
|
|
1,758
|
|
Income taxes payable (receivable)
|
|
|
(2,511
|
)
|
|
|
2,140
|
|
|
|
(3,738
|
)
|
Prepaid expenses and other current
assets
|
|
|
(1,059
|
)
|
|
|
(3,936
|
)
|
|
|
(259
|
)
|
Other assets
|
|
|
1,496
|
|
|
|
(299
|
)
|
|
|
(2,115
|
)
|
Accounts payable and accrued
expenses
|
|
|
6,578
|
|
|
|
4,648
|
|
|
|
(6,255
|
)
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
8,831
|
|
|
|
8,317
|
|
|
|
6,639
|
|
Accrued tool sets and other current
liabilities
|
|
|
(851
|
)
|
|
|
2,631
|
|
|
|
(213
|
)
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
1,917
|
|
|
|
(575
|
)
|
|
|
535
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating
activities
|
|
|
58,056
|
|
|
|
57,368
|
|
|
|
45,414
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from investing
activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase of property and equipment
|
|
|
(16,975
|
)
|
|
|
(45,839
|
)
|
|
|
(46,136
|
)
|
Proceeds from sale of property and
equipment
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Proceeds from the sale of land
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
185
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted cash
|
|
|
(10,395
|
)
|
|
|
10,395
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase of securities with intent
to hold to maturity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(32,002
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds received upon maturity of
investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16,167
|
|
|
|
16,260
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing
activities
|
|
|
(27,334
|
)
|
|
|
(51,085
|
)
|
|
|
(29,873
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from financing
activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from issuance of common
stock, net of issuance costs of $7,648
|
|
|
58,977
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repayment of long-term debt
borrowings
|
|
|
(31,831
|
)
|
|
|
(37
|
)
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
Payment of deferred finance fees
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(14
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from issuance of common
stock under employee plans
|
|
|
1,285
|
|
|
|
3,396
|
|
|
|
3,082
|
|
Excess tax benefit from stock-based
compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
798
|
|
Distribution to stockholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(185
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Redemption of mandatory redeemable
preferred stock
|
|
|
(12,946
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dividends paid on preferred stock
|
|
|
(12,558
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from subscriptions
receivable
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of treasury stock,
including fees of $57
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(30,029
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in)
financing activities
|
|
|
2,955
|
|
|
|
3,160
|
|
|
|
(26,155
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase (decrease) in cash and
cash equivalents
|
|
|
33,677
|
|
|
|
9,443
|
|
|
|
(10,614
|
)
|
Cash and cash equivalents,
beginning of year
|
|
|
8,925
|
|
|
|
42,602
|
|
|
|
52,045
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents, end of
year
|
|
$
|
42,602
|
|
|
$
|
52,045
|
|
|
$
|
41,431
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash
Flow Information:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Taxes paid
|
|
$
|
18,037
|
|
|
$
|
18,177
|
|
|
$
|
21,986
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest paid
|
|
$
|
1,219
|
|
|
$
|
111
|
|
|
$
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Training equipment obtained in
exchange for services
|
|
$
|
1,496
|
|
|
$
|
1,323
|
|
|
$
|
2,557
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued capital expenditures
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
718
|
|
|
$
|
5,548
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exchange of preferred stock for
common stock
|
|
$
|
48,540
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-9
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
1.
|
Nature of
the Business
|
Business
Description
We are a provider of post-secondary education for students
seeking careers as professional automotive, diesel, collision
repair, motorcycle and marine technicians. We offer
undergraduate degree, diploma and certificate programs at 10
campuses and manufacturer specific advanced training (MSAT)
programs that are sponsored by the manufacturer or dealer at
dedicated training centers. We work closely with leading
original equipment manufacturers (OEMs) in the automotive,
diesel, motorcycle and marine industries to understand their
needs for qualified service professionals.
|
|
2.
|
Government
Regulation and Financial Aid
|
Our schools and students participate in a variety of
government-sponsored financial aid programs that assist students
in paying the cost of their education. The largest source of
such support is the federal programs of student financial
assistance under Title IV of the Higher Education Act of
1965, as amended, commonly referred to as the Title IV
Programs, which are administered by the U.S. Department of
Education (ED). During the years ended September 30, 2004,
2005 and 2006, approximately 72%, 70% and 73%, respectively, of
our net revenues were indirectly derived from funds distributed
under Title IV Programs.
To participate in Title IV Programs, a school must be
authorized to offer its programs of instruction by relevant
state education agencies, be accredited by an accrediting
commission recognized by ED and be certified as an eligible
institution by ED. For these reasons, our schools are subject to
extensive regulatory requirements imposed by all of these
entities. After our schools receive the required certifications
by the appropriate entities, our schools must demonstrate their
compliance with the ED regulations of the Title IV Programs
on an ongoing basis. Included in these regulations is the
requirement that we satisfy specific standards of financial
responsibility. ED evaluates institutions for compliance with
these standards each year, based upon the institutions
annual audited financial statements, as well as following a
change in ownership of the institution. Under regulations which
took effect July 1, 1998, ED calculates the
institutions composite score for financial responsibility
based on its (i) equity ratio which measures the
institutions capital resources, ability to borrow and
financial viability; (ii) primary reserve ratio which
measures the institutions ability to support current
operations from expendable resources; and (iii) net income
ratio which measures the institutions ability to operate
at a profit.
An institution that does not meet EDs minimum composite
score requirements may establish its financial responsibility as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
by posting a letter of credit in favor of ED in an amount equal
to 50% of the Title IV Program funds received by the
institution during the institutions most recently
completed fiscal year;
|
|
|
|
by posting a letter of credit in an amount equal to at least 10%
of the Title IV Program funds received during the
institutions prior year, accepting provisional
certification, complying with additional ED monitoring
requirements and agreeing to receive Title IV Program funds
under an arrangement other than EDs standard advance
funding arrangement; or
|
|
|
|
by complying with additional ED monitoring requirements and
agreeing to receive Title IV Program funds under an
arrangement other than EDs standard advance funding
arrangement.
|
UTIs composite score has exceeded the required minimum
composite score of 1.5 since September 30, 2004.
F-10
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
3.
|
Summary
of Significant Accounting Policies
|
Principles
of Consolidation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the
accounts of Universal Technical Institute, Inc. and each of its
wholly-owned subsidiaries (collectively we and
our). All significant intercompany accounts and
transactions have been eliminated.
Revenue
Recognition
Net revenues consist primarily of student tuition and fees
derived from the programs we provide after reductions are made
for guarantees, discounts and scholarships we sponsor. Tuition
and fee revenue is recognized ratably over the term of the
course or program offered. If a student withdraws from a program
prior to a specified date, any paid but unearned tuition is
refunded. Approximately 97% of our net revenues for each of the
years ended September 30, 2004, 2005 and 2006 consisted of
tuition. Our undergraduate programs are typically designed to be
completed in 12 to 18 months and our advanced training
programs range from 14 to 27 weeks in duration. We
supplement our core revenues with sales of textbooks and program
supplies, student housing provided by us and other revenues.
Sales of textbooks and program supplies, revenue related to
student housing and other revenue are each recognized as sales
occur or services are performed. Deferred revenue represents the
excess of tuition and fee payments received, as compared to
tuition and fees earned, and is reflected as a current liability
in our consolidated balance sheets because it is expected to be
earned within the twelve-month period immediately following the
date on which such liability is reflected in our consolidated
financial statements.
Cash
and Cash Equivalents
We consider all highly liquid investments purchased with an
original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
Restricted
Investments
Restricted investments represent collateral provided to the
issuer of our letter of credit in favor of ED. At
September 30, 2005, we had an outstanding letter of credit
in favor of ED in the amount of $14.4 million which was
collateralized by a United States government agency discount
note with a scheduled maturity in November 2005. At
September 30, 2005, this investment was carried at
amortized cost because we intended to, had the ability to and
did hold this security until maturity. Interest income was
recorded using an effective interest rate, with the associated
premium or discount amortized to interest income. During October
2005, we received notification from ED that we are no longer
required to post a letter of credit. ED returned the letter of
credit and in November 2005, the restricted investment balance
became available for general corporate use.
Deferred
Financing Fees
Costs incurred in connection with obtaining financing are
capitalized and amortized using the effective interest method
over the term of the related debt. Amortization of deferred
financing fees was $0.2 million, for the year ended
September 30, 2004 and $0 for the years ended
September 30, 2005 and 2006. In the year ended
September 30, 2004, we wrote off $0.7 million in
deferred financing costs related to the early payoff of term
debt and $0.4 million related to the early termination of
our former credit facility. These amounts have been included in
other income and expense for all periods presented.
Property
and Equipment
Property, equipment and leasehold improvements are recorded at
cost. Amortization of equipment under capital leases and
leasehold improvements are calculated using the straight-line
method over the remaining useful
F-11
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
life of the asset or term of lease, whichever is shorter.
Equipment under capital leases totaled approximately
$1.8 million with accumulated amortization of approximately
$1.7 million at September 30, 2005 and totaled
approximately $1.8 million with accumulated amortization of
approximately $1.8 million at September 30, 2006.
Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over
the estimated useful life. The estimated useful life of our
buildings is 35 years. The estimated useful life of our
leasehold improvements ranges from 1 to 30 years. The
estimated useful life of our training, office and computer
equipment ranges from 3 to 7 years. The estimated useful
life of our vehicles is 5 years.
Depreciation and amortization related to our property and
equipment was $8.3 million, $9.6 million and
$13.7 million for the years ended September 30, 2004,
2005 and 2006, respectively. Maintenance and repairs are
expensed as incurred.
Software
Development Costs
We capitalize certain internal software development costs which
are amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated
lives of the software and range from 5 to 7 years.
Capitalized costs include external direct costs of materials and
services consumed in developing or obtaining internal-use
software and payroll and payroll related costs for employees who
are directly associated with the internal software development
project. Capitalization of such costs ceases no later than the
point at which the project is substantially complete and ready
for its intended purpose. Amortization related to internally
developed software was $0.3 million, $0.6 million and
$0.8 million for the years ended September 30, 2004,
2005 and 2006, respectively.
Goodwill
and Other Intangible Assets
Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of the acquired
businesses over the fair market value of the acquired net
assets. We account for our goodwill in accordance with Statement
of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 142,
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. In accordance
with SFAS No. 142, goodwill is no longer amortized and
instead is tested for impairment on an annual basis. We utilize
the present value of future cash flow approach, subject to a
comparison for reasonableness to our market capitalization at
the date of valuation in determining fair value. If we determine
that impairment has occurred, we are required to record a
write-down of the carrying value and charge the impairment as an
operating expense in the period the determination is made. We
completed our impairment test of goodwill during the fourth
quarter of 2005 and 2006 and determined there was no impairment.
Impairment
of Long-Lived Assets
We review the carrying value of our long-lived assets and
identifiable intangibles for possible impairment whenever events
or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts
may not be recoverable in accordance with the provisions of
SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or
Disposal of Long-Lived Assets. We evaluate our long-lived
assets for impairment by examining estimated future cash flows.
These cash flows are evaluated by using weighted probability
techniques as well as comparisons of past performance against
projections. Assets may also be evaluated by identifying
independent market values. If we determine that an assets
carrying value is impaired, we will record a write-down of the
carrying value of the asset and charge the impairment as an
operating expense in the period in which the determination is
made. Throughout the year ended September 30, 2004, we
recognized in accordance with SFAS No. 144, an expense
of $1.2 million related to the acceleration of depreciation
of leasehold improvements for a campus we relocated in September
2004.
Advertising
Costs
Costs related to advertising are expensed as incurred and
totaled approximately $12.0 million, $16.2 million and
$22.7 million for the years ended September 30, 2004,
2005 and 2006, respectively.
F-12
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
Start-up
Costs
Costs related to the
start-up of
new campuses are expensed as incurred.
Stock-Based
Compensation
We adopted SFAS No. 123(R) Share Based
Payment on October 1, 2005. SFAS No. 123(R)
requires us to estimate the fair value of share-based payment
awards on the date of grant using an option-pricing model. The
estimated value of the portion of the award that is ultimately
expected to vest is recognized as expense over the period during
which an employee is required to provide service in exchange for
the award.
Our determination of estimated fair value of each stock option
grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes
option-pricing model. The estimated fair value is affected by
our stock price as well as assumptions regarding a number of
complex and subjective variables. These variables include, but
are not limited to, our expected stock price volatility, the
expected lives of the awards and actual and projected employee
stock exercise behaviors. We evaluate our assumptions on the
date of each grant.
The following table illustrates the assumptions used for grants
made during each year:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Expected lives (in years)
|
|
|
5.00
|
|
|
|
5.00
|
|
|
|
6.25
|
|
Risk-free interest rate
|
|
|
3.25
|
%
|
|
|
3.77
|
%
|
|
|
4.89
|
%
|
Dividend yield
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expected volatility
|
|
|
34.48
|
%
|
|
|
34.46
|
%
|
|
|
41.80
|
%
|
Stock-based compensation expense recognized for the year ended
September 30, 2006 included compensation expense for
share-based payment awards granted prior to, but not yet vested
as of, September 30, 2005, based on the grant date fair
value estimated in accordance with the pro forma provisions of
SFAS No. 123. We recognize compensation expense using
the
straight-line
single-option method. Stock-based compensation expense,
recognized for the year ended September 30, 2006, is based
on awards ultimately expected to vest, and accordingly the
expense for the year ended September 30, 2006 has been
reduced for estimated forfeitures. SFAS No. 123(R)
requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant.
Estimated forfeitures are revised, if necessary, in subsequent
periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. In
our pro forma information required under SFAS No. 123
for the periods prior to fiscal 2006, we accounted for
forfeitures as they occurred.
Prior to our adoption of SFAS No. 123(R), we accounted
for stock-based employee compensation arrangements in accordance
with the provisions of Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion
No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to
Employees, and related interpretations, and complied with
the disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 123,
Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation as amended
by SFAS No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation Transition and Disclosure
An Amendment of SFAS No. 123, which defines a
fair value based method and addresses common stock and options
awarded to employees as well as those awarded to non-employees
in exchange for products and services. SFAS No. 123
and its amendments and APB Opinion No. 25
F-13
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
have been superseded by SFAS No. 123(R). The following
table illustrates the effect on net income and earnings per
share if we had applied the fair value recognition provisions of
SFAS No. 123 prior to adoption of
SFAS No. 123(R):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ending September 30,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Net income available to common
shareholders, as reported
|
|
$
|
28,044
|
|
|
$
|
35,819
|
|
Add stock-based compensation
expense included in reported net income, net of taxes
|
|
|
371
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
Deduct total stock-based employee
compensation expenses determined using the fair value based
method, net of taxes
|
|
|
(1,808
|
)
|
|
|
(2,300
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income, pro forma
|
|
$
|
26,607
|
|
|
$
|
33,551
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic net income per share, as
reported
|
|
$
|
1.14
|
|
|
$
|
1.28
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted net income per share, as
reported
|
|
$
|
1.04
|
|
|
$
|
1.26
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic net income per share, pro
forma
|
|
$
|
1.08
|
|
|
$
|
1.20
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted net income per share, pro
forma
|
|
$
|
0.99
|
|
|
$
|
1.18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income
Taxes
We account for income taxes as prescribed by
SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes.
SFAS No. 109 requires recognition of deferred tax
assets and liabilities for the estimated future tax consequences
of events attributable to differences between the financial
statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities
and their respective tax bases and operating losses and tax
credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are
measured using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which
the differences are expected to be recovered or settled.
Deferred tax assets are reduced through the establishment of a
valuation allowance at the time, based upon available evidence,
if it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will
not be realized.
Concentration
of Risk
Financial instruments that potentially subject us to
concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and
receivables.
We place our cash and cash equivalents with high quality
financial institutions. Accounts at these institutions are
insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation up to
$0.1 million.
We extend credit for tuition and fees to the majority of our
students that are in attendance at our campuses. Our credit risk
with respect to these accounts receivable is partially mitigated
through the students participation in federally funded
financial aid programs, unless students withdraw prior to the
receipt by us of Title IV Program funds for those students.
In addition, our remaining tuition receivable is primarily
comprised of smaller individual amounts due from students
throughout the United States.
Our students have traditionally received their Federal Family
Education Loans (FFEL) from a limited number of lending
institutions. FFEL student loans comprised approximately 87%,
86% and 88% of our total Title IV Program funds received
for the years ended September 30, 2004, 2005 and 2006,
respectively. One lending institution, Sallie Mae, provides the
majority of the FFEL loans that our students received. In the
year ended September 30, 2006, two student loan guaranty
agencies, EdFund and United Student Aid Funds (USAF), guaranteed
approximately 30% and 70%, respectively, of the FFEL loans made
to our students.
F-14
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
Use of
Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in accordance with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States
requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions.
Such estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of
assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and related
disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. On an ongoing
basis, we evaluate our estimates and judgments, including those
related to revenue recognition, bad debts, healthcare costs,
bonus costs, tool set costs, fixed assets, long-lived assets
including goodwill, income taxes and contingent assets and
liabilities. We base our estimates on historical experience and
on various other assumptions that we believe are reasonable
under the circumstances. The results of our analysis form the
basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets
and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other
sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under
different assumptions or conditions, and the impact of such
differences may be material to our consolidated financial
statements.
Reclassifications
At September 30, 2006, in order to provide greater
consistency within the statements of cash flows for the
transactions related to posting a letter of credit in favor of
ED, we reclassified the change in restricted cash from cash
flows from operating activities to cash flows from investing
activities for the years ended September 30, 2004 and 2005.
Following is a summary of the reclassification in the
consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended
September 30:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
Previously
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reported
|
|
|
Previously
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reported
|
|
|
|
Reported
|
|
|
Reclassification
|
|
|
Balance
|
|
|
Reported
|
|
|
Reclassification
|
|
|
Balance
|
|
|
Restricted cash
|
|
$
|
(10,395
|
)
|
|
$
|
10,395
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
10,195
|
|
|
$
|
(10,195
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating
activities
|
|
$
|
47,661
|
|
|
$
|
10,395
|
|
|
$
|
58,056
|
|
|
$
|
67,763
|
|
|
$
|
(10,395
|
)
|
|
$
|
57,368
|
|
Restricted cash
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(10,395
|
)
|
|
$
|
(10,395
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
10,395
|
|
|
$
|
10,395
|
|
Net cash used in investing
activities
|
|
$
|
(16,939
|
)
|
|
$
|
(10,395
|
)
|
|
$
|
(27,334
|
)
|
|
$
|
(61,480
|
)
|
|
$
|
10,395
|
|
|
$
|
(51,085
|
)
|
Certain other reclassifications have been made to the prior
period consolidated financial statements to conform to the
current period presentation. These reclassifications have no
impact on previously reported net income.
Fair
Value of Financial Instruments
The carrying value of cash equivalents, restricted investments,
accounts receivable and payable, accrued liabilities and
deferred tuition approximates their fair value at
September 30, 2005 and 2006 due to the short-term nature of
these instruments.
Earnings
per Common Share
Basic net income per share is calculated by dividing net income
available to common shareholders by the weighted average number
of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted net income
per share reflects the assumed conversion of all dilutive
securities. For the years ended September 30, 2005 and
2006, approximately 561,700 shares and 756,150 shares,
respectively, which could be issued under outstanding options
were not included in the determination of our diluted shares
outstanding as they were anti-dilutive.
F-15
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
SFAS No 128, Earnings Per Share, requires the
dual presentation of basic and diluted earnings per share on the
face of the income statement and the disclosure of the
reconciliation between the numerators and denominators of basic
and diluted earnings per share calculations. The calculation of
basic and diluted earnings per share and the reconciliation of
the weighted average number of common shares used in determining
basic and diluted earnings per share is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Basic earnings per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
28,820
|
|
|
$
|
35,819
|
|
|
$
|
27,386
|
|
Less preferred stock dividends:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Redeemable convertible preferred
stock
|
|
|
776
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income available to common
shareholders
|
|
$
|
28,044
|
|
|
$
|
35,819
|
|
|
$
|
27,386
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares
outstanding (in thousands)
|
|
|
24,659
|
|
|
|
27,899
|
|
|
|
27,799
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic earnings per share
|
|
$
|
1.14
|
|
|
$
|
1.28
|
|
|
$
|
0.99
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted earnings per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income available to common
shareholders
|
|
$
|
28,044
|
|
|
$
|
35,819
|
|
|
$
|
27,386
|
|
Add redeemable convertible
preferred stock dividends
|
|
|
776
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income available to common
shareholders
|
|
$
|
28,820
|
|
|
$
|
35,819
|
|
|
$
|
27,386
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average number of shares
(in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic shares outstanding
|
|
|
24,659
|
|
|
|
27,899
|
|
|
|
27,799
|
|
Dilutive effect of:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options related to the purchase of
common stock
|
|
|
614
|
|
|
|
637
|
|
|
|
435
|
|
Shares related to the employee
stock purchase plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
Convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
2,312
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted shares outstanding
|
|
|
27,585
|
|
|
|
28,536
|
|
|
|
28,255
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted earnings per share
|
|
$
|
1.04
|
|
|
$
|
1.26
|
|
|
$
|
0.97
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recent
Accounting Pronouncements
In May 2005, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB)
issued SFAS No. 154, Accounting Changes and
Error Corrections. This statement replaces APB
No. 20, Accounting Changes and
SFAS No. 3, Reporting Accounting Changes in
Interim Financial Statements. SFAS No. 154
provides guidance on the accounting for and reporting of
accounting changes and error corrections. SFAS No. 154
is effective for accounting changes and corrections of errors
made in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005. We
believe our adoption of SFAS No. 154 will not have a
material impact on our consolidated financial statements or
disclosures.
In February 2006, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (FSP)
FAS 123(R)-4, Classification of Options and Similar
Instruments as Employee Compensation That Allow for Cash
Settlement upon the Occurrence of a Contingent Event. This
FSP requires that an option or similar instrument that is
classified as equity, but subsequently becomes a liability
because the contingent cash settlement event is probable of
occurring, shall be accounted for similar to a modification from
an equity to liability award. The guidance in this FSP shall be
applied upon initial adoption of SFAS No. 123(R), or
if an entity adopted SFAS No. 123(R) prior to
February 3,
F-16
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
2006, the entity shall apply the guidance in the first reporting
period beginning after February 3, 2006. The adoption of
FSP FAS 123(R)-4 did not have a material impact on our
consolidated financial statements or disclosures.
In February 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 155,
Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial
Instruments an amendment of FASB Statements
No. 133 and 140. SFAS No. 155 amends
SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative
Instruments and Hedging Activities and
SFAS No. 140, Accounting for Transfers and
Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of
Liabilities. SFAS No. 155 resolves issues
provided by interim guidance in Statement 133
Implementation Issue No. D1, Application of
Statement 133 to Beneficial Interests in Securitized
Financial Assets. SFAS No. 155 is effective for
all financial instruments acquired or issued after the beginning
of an entitys first fiscal year that begins after
September 15, 2006. We believe our adoption of
SFAS No. 155 will not have a material impact on our
consolidated financial statements or disclosures.
In March 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 156,
Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets
an amendment of FASB Statement No. 140. This
statement amends SFAS No. 140, Accounting for
Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments
of Liabilities. SFAS No. 156 requires all
separately recognized servicing assets and servicing liabilities
be initially measured at fair value, if practicable.
SFAS No. 156 is effective at the beginning of the
first fiscal year that begins after September 15, 2006 with
the effects of initial adoption being reported as a
cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings. We believe
our adoption of SFAS No. 156 will not have a material
impact on our consolidated financial statements or disclosures.
In June 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48
(FIN 48), Accounting for Uncertainty in Income
Taxes. FIN 48 clarifies the manner in which
uncertainties in income taxes that are recognized in accordance
with SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income
Taxes should be accounted for by providing recognition and
measurement guidance and disclosure provisions. FIN 48 is
effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15,
2006. We are assessing the impact on our consolidated financial
statements.
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157,
Fair Value Measurements. This statement defines fair
value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in
generally accepted accounting principles, and expands
disclosures about fair value measurements. This statement
applies under other accounting pronouncements that require or
permit fair value measurements and does not require any new fair
value measurements. The definition of fair value focuses on the
exit price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to
transfer a liability, not the entry price that would be paid to
acquire an asset or received to assume a liability. The
statement emphasizes that fair value is a market-based
measurement, not an entity specific measurement and establishes
a hierarchy between market participant assumptions developed
based on (1) market data obtained from sources independent
of the reporting entity and (2) the reporting entitys
own assumptions from the best information available in the
circumstances. The statement is effective at the beginning of
the first fiscal year that begins after November 15, 2007,
which is our year beginning October 1, 2008. The provisions
of the statement should be applied prospectively except for
specific financial instruments outlined in the statement for
which application would be retrospective. We are assessing the
impact of this statement on our consolidated financial
statements.
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 158,
Employers Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and
Other Postretirement Plans. SFAS No. 158,
requires an employer that sponsors one or more single-employer
defined benefit plans to recognize the overfunded or underfunded
status of a defined benefit postretirement plan as an asset or
liability as of the date of its fiscal year-end balance sheet
and to recognize changes in the funded status in the year in
which the changes occur. For a publicly traded company,
SFAS No. 158 is effective as of the end of the fiscal
year ending after December 15, 2006. We believe our
adoption of SFAS No. 158 will not have a material
impact on our consolidated financial statements or disclosures.
In September 2006, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC)
staff issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108
(SAB 108), Considering the Effects of Prior Year
Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year
Financial Statements. SAB 108 was issued in order to
eliminate the diversity of practice surrounding
F-17
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
how public companies quantify financial statement misstatements.
Registrants electing not to restate prior periods should reflect
the effects of initially applying SAB 108 in their
financial statements covering the first fiscal year ending after
November 15, 2006. We believe our adoption of SAB 108
will not have a material impact on our consolidated financial
statements or disclosures.
In October 2006, the FASB issued FSP FAS 123(R)-5,
Amendment of FASB Staff Position FAS 123 (R)-1.
This FSP clarifies that for instruments that were originally
issued as employee compensation and then modified solely to
reflect an equity restructuring that occurs when the holders are
no longer employees, there will be no change in the recognition
or measurement of instruments if (a) there is no increase
in fair value of the award or the antidilution provision is not
added to the terms of the award, and (b) all holders of the
same class of equity instruments are treated in the same manner.
Other modifications of that instrument that take place when the
holder is no longer an employee shall be subject to the
modification guidance provided in SFAS No. 123(R). The
guidance in this FSP shall be applied in the first reporting
period beginning after October 10, 2006. We believe our
adoption of FSP FAS 123(R)-5 will not have a material
impact on our consolidated financial statements or disclosures.
In October 2006, the FASB issued FSP FAS 123(R)-6,
Technical Corrections of FASB Statement No. 123
(R). The guidance in this FSP shall be applied in the
first reporting period beginning after October 20, 2006.
This FSP addresses certain technical corrections regarding
(1) disclosure requirements for non public entities,
(2) the computation of the minimum compensation cost that
must be recognized, (3) a date included in an illustration
in the appendix of 123(R), and (4) amend the
definition of short-term inducement to exclude an offer to
settle an award. We believe our adoption of FSP FAS 123
(R)-6 will not have a material impact on our consolidated
financial statements or disclosures.
|
|
4.
|
Reduction
in Workforce Expense
|
In September 2006, we implemented a reduction in force of
approximately 70 employees nationwide. In relation to this
reduction in force, we recorded operating expenses of
approximately $1.1 million in September 2006:
$0.4 million was attributed to educational services and
facilities and $0.7 million was attributed to selling,
general and administrative. The expenses primarily included
severance pay and extended medical benefits coverage.
Receivables, net consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Tuition receivables
|
|
$
|
22,711
|
|
|
$
|
16,679
|
|
Other receivables
|
|
|
1,602
|
|
|
|
2,631
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Receivables
|
|
|
24,313
|
|
|
|
19,310
|
|
Less allowance for uncollectible
accounts
|
|
|
(3,069
|
)
|
|
|
(2,608
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
21,244
|
|
|
$
|
16,702
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The allowance for uncollectible accounts primarily relates to
tuition receivables. The allowance is estimated using the
historical average write-off experience for the prior
six years which is applied to the receivable balance
related to students who are no longer attending our school due
to either graduation or withdrawal. The allowance for
uncollectible accounts fluctuates based on the amount and age of
receivable balances related to students who are no longer
attending school. As the amount of the aged balance increases,
we increase our allowance for uncollectible accounts and as the
amount of the aged balance decreases, we reduce our allowance
for uncollectible accounts. Additions to the allowance for
uncollectible accounts are charged to bad debt expense and were
$2.3 million,
F-18
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
$4.2 million and $4.7 million for the years ended
September 30, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively. We
write-off receivable balances and deduct those balances from the
allowance for uncollectible accounts when the tuition receivable
for out school students are transferred to our internal
collections department. Write-offs of uncollectible accounts,
net of recoveries, and were $2.6 million, $3.1 million
and $5.2 million for the years ended September 30,
2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively. The balance in the allowance
for uncollectible accounts was $2.3 million and
$2.0 million at September 30, 2003 and 2004,
respectively.
|
|
6.
|
Property
and Equipment
|
Property and equipment, net consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Land
|
|
$
|
3,832
|
|
|
$
|
3,832
|
|
Building
|
|
|
8,847
|
|
|
|
42,349
|
|
Leasehold improvements
|
|
|
17,720
|
|
|
|
24,405
|
|
Training equipment
|
|
|
33,823
|
|
|
|
46,539
|
|
Office and computer equipment
|
|
|
21,306
|
|
|
|
25,879
|
|
Curriculum development
|
|
|
156
|
|
|
|
508
|
|
Internally developed software
|
|
|
3,539
|
|
|
|
4,720
|
|
Vehicles
|
|
|
693
|
|
|
|
739
|
|
Construction in progress
|
|
|
14,575
|
|
|
|
12,187
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
104,491
|
|
|
|
161,158
|
|
Less accumulated depreciation and
amortization
|
|
|
(30,074
|
)
|
|
|
(43,860
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
74,417
|
|
|
$
|
117,298
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At September 30, 2005, construction in progress included
$11.1 million of building improvements related to the
retrofitting of our Norwood, Massachusetts building, which was
completed and placed in service during November 2005. At
September 30, 2006, construction in progress includes
$6.8 million related to construction of our new Sacramento,
California campus building and $2.7 million related to
construction at our Orlando, Florida campus.
In March 2006, we entered into a
build-to-suit
facility lease agreement for our automotive campus expansion in
Orlando, Florida. Under the agreement, the lessor agreed to
provide the facility as well as certain tenant improvements. As
we were responsible for certain tenant improvements, we were
considered to be the owner of the facility during the
construction period. As a result, we recorded the facility and
related construction obligation on our balance sheet during the
construction period. The facility was completed in September
2006 at which time we determined that we met the criteria for
sale/leaseback accounting treatment. In September 2006, we
eliminated the facility and related construction obligation from
our balance sheet and now account for the agreement as an
operating lease.
F-19
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
7.
|
Accounts
Payable and Accrued Expenses
|
Accounts payable and accrued expenses consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
9,765
|
|
|
$
|
6,257
|
|
Accrued compensation and benefits
|
|
|
21,073
|
|
|
|
22,582
|
|
Other accrued expenses
|
|
|
8,286
|
|
|
|
13,194
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
39,124
|
|
|
$
|
42,033
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.
|
Revolving
Credit Facility
|
On October 26, 2004, we entered into a new credit agreement
with a bank for a revolving line of credit in the amount of
$30.0 million and a standby letter of credit facility in
the amount of $20.0 million. On July 5, 2006, we
entered into a modification agreement which eliminated the
standby letter of credit facility and changed the minimum
quarterly current ratio financial covenant. At the time of the
modification, there was $0 outstanding on the standby letter of
credit facility. The new credit agreement is effective through
October 25, 2007.
The revolving line of credit is guaranteed by UTI Holdings, Inc.
and each of its wholly owned subsidiaries. Letters of credit
issued bear fees of 0.625% per annum. The credit agreement
requires interest to be paid quarterly in arrears based upon the
lenders interest rate less 0.50% per annum or LIBOR
plus 0.625% per annum, at our option. Additionally, the
revolving line of credit requires an unused commitment fee
payable quarterly in arrears equal to 0.125% per annum. The
terms of the revolving line of credit were not changed in the
modification agreement.
Prior to the modification, we had the option to issue letters of
credit under either the revolving line of credit thereby
reducing our borrowing availability or under the standby letter
of credit facility. The standby letter of credit facility was
collateralized by an investment collateral account equal to the
advance rate, as defined, and dependent upon the underlying
collateral investment. Issued letters of credit incurred fees of
0.375% per annum under the standby letter of credit
facility. Interest on issued letters of credit was payable
quarterly in advance. Effective November 1, 2004, we issued
a letter of credit in favor of ED in the amount of
$14.4 million which was collateralized by a
$16.2 million investment held in marketable securities. In
October 2005, we were notified by ED that we were no longer
required to post a letter of credit as a result of their review
of our fiscal 2004 financial statements. Upon the release of our
issued and outstanding letter of credit, our restricted
investments became available for general corporate purposes.
The credit agreement contains certain restrictive covenants,
including but not limited to maintenance of certain financial
ratios and restrictions on indebtedness, contingent obligations
and investments. The modification agreement revised the minimum
quarterly current ratio to 0.50 to 1.00 through June 30,
2007 and 0.60 to 1.00 on September 30, 2007 and thereafter.
Prior to the modification, the minimum quarterly current ratio
financial covenant was 0.60 to 1.00 at September 30, 2006
and thereafter. In addition, the credit agreement requires that
we maintain our accreditation and eligibility for receiving
Title IV Program funds.
At September 30, 2006, we had $30.0 million available
to borrow, there were no borrowings under our credit facility
and we were in compliance with all covenants.
Effective September 30, 2004, we terminated our old Credit
Agreement. There were no outstanding borrowings under the
revolving credit facility and we had an outstanding letter of
credit of $9.9 million issued to the ED at the time of
termination. In connection with the termination of the old
Credit Agreement, we provided $10.4 million in cash
collateral for the $9.9 million issued and outstanding
letter of credit which expired on November 9, 2004.
F-20
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
In July 2003, we amended the Second Amendment and Restatement of
Credit Agreement (old Credit Agreement), which provided an
increase in our available borrowing under our revolving credit
facility from $20.0 million to $30.0 million;
increased the limit for letters of credit issued under our
revolving credit facility; increased the level of permitted
capital expenditures and provided more favorable interest rates.
In connection with the amendment, we were required to repay
$15.0 million on our then outstanding term loans.
In addition, as a result of the early payment of term debt, we
recognized a charge of approximately $0.7 million related
to the write-off of unamortized deferred financing fees during
our year ended September 30, 2004. As discussed in
Note 8, our old Credit Agreement was terminated effective
September 30, 2004, at which time we recognized an
additional charge of approximately $0.4 million related to
the write-off of remaining unamortized deferred financing and
administrative fees.
The components of income tax expense are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Current expense
|
|
$
|
15,343
|
|
|
$
|
21,909
|
|
|
$
|
17,706
|
|
Deferred expense (benefit)
|
|
|
3,299
|
|
|
|
(1,700
|
)
|
|
|
(2,388
|
)
|
Charge in lieu of taxes
attributable to equity compensation
|
|
|
495
|
|
|
|
1,211
|
|
|
|
1,006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total provision for income taxes
|
|
$
|
19,137
|
|
|
$
|
21,420
|
|
|
$
|
16,324
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The income tax provision differs from the tax that would result
from application of the statutory federal tax rate. The reasons
for the differences are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Income tax expense at statutory
rate
|
|
$
|
16,785
|
|
|
$
|
20,034
|
|
|
$
|
15,299
|
|
State income taxes, net of federal
tax benefit
|
|
|
1,600
|
|
|
|
1,183
|
|
|
|
1,390
|
|
Nondeductible secondary offering
expenses
|
|
|
226
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision (release) of tax reserve
|
|
|
259
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
(465
|
)
|
Other, net
|
|
|
267
|
|
|
|
194
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total income tax expense
|
|
$
|
19,137
|
|
|
$
|
21,420
|
|
|
$
|
16,324
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-21
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
The components of the deferred tax assets (liabilities) are
recorded in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Gross deferred tax assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compensation not yet deductible
for tax
|
|
$
|
3,029
|
|
|
$
|
5,259
|
|
Receivable reserves
|
|
|
1,203
|
|
|
|
1,022
|
|
Expenses and accruals not yet
deductible
|
|
|
3,955
|
|
|
|
4,107
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
580
|
|
|
|
881
|
|
Net operating loss and net capital
loss carryovers
|
|
|
16,541
|
|
|
|
614
|
|
State tax credit carryforwards
|
|
|
764
|
|
|
|
927
|
|
Valuation allowance
|
|
|
(16,038
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total gross deferred tax assets
|
|
|
10,034
|
|
|
|
12,810
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross deferred tax liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of goodwill and
intangibles
|
|
|
(3,884
|
)
|
|
|
(4,482
|
)
|
Depreciation and amortization of
property and equipment
|
|
|
(5,443
|
)
|
|
|
(5,042
|
)
|
Prepaid expenses deductible for tax
|
|
|
(1,276
|
)
|
|
|
(1,467
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total gross deferred tax
liabilities
|
|
|
(10,603
|
)
|
|
|
(10,991
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax (liability) asset
|
|
$
|
(569
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,819
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We had a valuation allowance of $16.4 million,
$16.1 million, $16.0 million and $0 million at
September 30, 2003, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively,
which was primarily related to a deferred tax asset arising from
a capital loss carryforward that expired in 2006. The valuation
allowance decreased during the year ended September 30,
2005 by an amount less than $0.1 million due to the use of
a portion of the deferred tax asset as a result of a capital
gain recognized. The valuation allowance decreased during the
year ended September 30, 2004 by approximately
$0.3 million due to a reduction in our statutory tax rate.
|
|
11.
|
Commitments
and Contingencies
|
Operating
Leases
We lease our facilities and certain equipment under
non-cancelable operating leases, some of which contain renewal
options, escalation clauses and requirements to pay other fees
associated with the leases. We recognize rent expense on a
straight line basis. Two of our campus properties are leased
from a related party. Future minimum
F-22
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
rental commitments at September 30, 2006 for all
non-cancelable operating leases for each of the years ending
September 30 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Years ending September 30,
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
$
|
19,635
|
|
2008
|
|
|
19,000
|
|
2009
|
|
|
18,354
|
|
2010
|
|
|
17,825
|
|
2011
|
|
|
16,848
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
142,947
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
234,609
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rent expense for operating leases was approximately
$14.3 million, $18.1 million and $20.3 million
for the years ended September 30, 2004, 2005 and 2006,
respectively. Included in rent expense is rent paid to related
parties which was approximately $1.9 million,
$1.8 million and $2.0 million for the years ended
September 30, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively.
Licensing
Agreement
In 1997, we entered into a licensing agreement that gives us the
right to use certain materials and trademarks in the development
of our courses and delivery of services on our campuses. The
agreement was amended in May 2004. Under the terms of the
amended license agreement, we are committed to pay royalties
based upon a flat per student fee for students who elect and
attend the licensed program. Minimum payments are required as
follows: $0.3 million for calendar years 2004 and 2005;
$0.4 million for calendar year 2006; and $0.5 million
for calendar year 2007. A license fee is also payable based upon
a percentage of net sales related to the sale of any product
which bears the licensed trademark. The royalty and license
expense related to this agreement was recorded in educational
services and facilities expenses. In addition, we are required
to pay a minimum marketing and advertising fee for which in
return we receive the right to utilize certain advertising space
in the licensors published periodicals. The required
marketing and advertising fee is: $0.4 million for calendar
year 2004, $0.6 million for calendar years 2005 and 2006
and $0.7 million for fiscal year 2007. The agreement
expires December 31, 2007. The marketing and advertising
fee was recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses.
In 1999, we entered into a licensing agreement that gives us the
right to use certain materials and trademarks in the development
of our courses. Under the terms of the agreement, we are
required to pay a flat per student fee for each three week phase
a student completes of the total three phases offered in
connection with this license agreement. There are no minimum
license fees required to be paid. The agreement terminates upon
the written notice of either party providing not less than six
months notification of intent to terminate. In addition, the
agreement may be terminated by the licensor after notification
to us of a contractual breach if such breach remains uncured for
more than 30 days. The expense related to this agreement
was recorded in educational services and facilities expenses.
In 1999, we entered into a licensing agreement that gives us the
right to use certain trademarks, trade name, trade dress and
other intellectual property in connection with the development
and operation of our campuses and courses. We are committed to
pay royalties based upon net revenue, as defined in the
agreement, commencing in calendar year 2001 and ending upon the
expiration of the agreement in calendar year 2007. The agreement
requires minimum royalty payments of $0.5 million each
year. The expense related to this agreement was
$2.1 million, $2.3 million and $2.2 million in
the years ended September 30, 2004, 2005 and 2006,
respectively, and was recorded in education services and
facilities expenses.
F-23
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
In August 2005, we reached a settlement regarding claims from a
third party that certain of our former employees had allegedly
used the intellectual property assets of the third party in the
development of our
e-learning
training products. Under the settlement agreement, we have
agreed, over a two-year period, to purchase $3.6 million of
courseware licenses that will expire no later than December
2010. At September 30, 2006, we have prepaid
$2.1 million and used $0.5 million of courseware
licenses. We record the expense for the purchased licenses on a
straight-line basis over the period in which the registered user
is expected to use the license. Expense related to this
agreement was $0.0 million and $0.2 million for the
years ended September 30, 2005 and 2006, respectively.
Vendor
Relationship
In 1998, we entered into an agreement with Snap-on Tools. Our
agreement with Snap-on Tools was renewed in December 2004 and
expires in January 2009. The agreement provides that we may
purchase promotional tool kits for our students from Snap-on
Tools at a discount from their list price. In addition, we earn
credits that are redeemable for equipment we use in our
business. Credits are earned on our purchases as well as
purchases made by students enrolled in our programs. We have
agreed to grant Snap-on Tools exclusive access to our campuses,
to display advertising and to use Snap-on tools to train our
students. The credits earned under this agreement may be
redeemed for Snap-on Tools equipment at the full retail list
price, which is more than we would be required to pay using
cash. Upon termination of the agreement, we continue to earn
credits relative to promotional tool kits we purchase or
additional tools our active students purchase. We continue to
earn these credits until a tool kit is provided to the last
student eligible under the agreement.
Students are each provided a tool kit near graduation. The cost
of the tool kits, net of the credit, is accrued during the time
period in which the students begin attending school until they
have progressed to the point that the promotional tool kits are
provided. Accordingly, at September 30, 2005 and 2006, we
have recorded an accrued tool sets liability of
$3.4 million and $4.0 million, respectively.
Additionally, at September 30, 2005 and 2006, our liability
to Snap-on Tools for vouchers redeemed by students was
$0.9 million and $1.6 million, respectively, and was
recorded in accounts payable and accrued expenses.
As we have opened new campuses, Snap-on Tools has historically
advanced us credits for the purchase of their tools or equipment
that support our new campus growth. At September 30, 2005
and 2006, our net Snap-on Tools liability resulting from using
credits in excess of credits earned was $1.2 million and
$1.1 million, respectively.
Alternative
Student Loan Program
Effective July 2005, we extended the terms of our previous
agreement with a third party lender to provide an alternative
loan option to our students who do not qualify for other
available student loan options we provide. The agreement expires
in June 2009. Additional available funding will be reassessed on
each anniversary date.
Through September 5, 2006, under the terms of the
agreement, we were required to provide a guarantee of 25% of the
loans issued under this program. We were required to pay the
guarantee amount to the lender twice monthly based upon loan
proceeds received. The funding of our guarantee for loans issued
under this program along with interest accrued in the reserve
account may be used for the full and prompt payment of 100% of
outstanding principal, accrued interest and other charges and
fees for loans that default, as defined in the agreement.
Effective September 6, 2006, we entered into a new funding
agreement with the third party lender which was amended
November 3, 2006 and requires us to pay a 20% discount on
the loans issued under this program. We are required to pay the
discount amount to the lender twice monthly based upon proceeds
received. In the event a refund is provided to the borrower, the
third party lender will reduce the next semi-monthly payment by
20% of the loans refunded under this program. This funding
agreement expires on June 30, 2007. Under the terms of the
funding agreement, we have a funding limit of $10.0 million
through June 30, 2007.
F-24
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
We follow the accounting and disclosure guidance provided by
FASB Interpretation No. 45, Guarantors
Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including
Indirect Indebtedness of Others (FIN 45) and
SAB 104, Revenue Recognition in Financial
Statements. Accordingly, for the guarantee required under
the agreement, we have recognized a liability for our full
guarantee and discount based upon the present value of expected
cash flows under this agreement. We have recognized a liability
and a corresponding receivable of $0.6 million and
$0.3 million for the years ended September 30, 2005
and 2006, respectively. The liability is recognized as a
reduction of tuition revenue over the matriculation of the
student through their program.
Executive
Employment Agreements
We have entered into employment contracts with key executives
that provide for continued salary payments if the executives are
terminated for reasons other than cause, as defined in the
agreements. The future employment contract commitments for such
employees were approximately $1.7 million at
September 30, 2006.
Change
in Control Agreements
We have entered into severance agreements with key executives
that provide for the continued salary payments if the employees
are terminated for any reason within twelve months subsequent to
a change in corporate structure that results in a change in
control. Under the terms of the severance agreements, these
employees are entitled to twelve months salary at their highest
rate during the previous twelve months. In addition, the
employees are eligible to receive their unearned portion of the
target bonus in effect in the year termination occurs and would
be eligible to receive medical benefits under the plans
maintained by us at no cost. The agreements expire in 2007, with
an automatic one year renewal if notice of intent to terminate
is not provided by us 90 days prior to expiration. The
future employment contract commitments for such employees were
approximately $0.9 million at September 30, 2006.
Deferred
Compensation Plan
We have deferred compensation agreements with five of our
employees, providing for the payment of deferred compensation to
each employee in the event that the employee is no longer
employed by us. Under each agreement, the employee shall receive
an amount equal to the compensation the employee would have
earned if the employee had repeated the employment performance
of the prior twelve months. We will pay the deferred
compensation in a lump sum or over the period in which the
employee would typically have earned the compensation had the
employee been actively employed, at our option. Our commitment
under the deferred compensation agreements was approximately
$1.3 million at September 30, 2006.
Surety
Bonds
Each of our campuses must be authorized by the applicable state
education agency in which the campus is located to operate and
to grant degrees, diplomas or certificates to its students. Our
campuses are subject to extensive, ongoing regulation by each of
these states. In addition, our campuses are required to be
authorized by the applicable state education agencies of certain
other states in which our campuses recruit students. We are
required to post surety bonds on behalf of our campuses and
education representatives with multiple states to maintain
authorization to conduct our business. At September 30,
2006, we have posted surety bonds in the total amount of
approximately $14.5 million.
Legal
In the ordinary conduct of our business, we are periodically
subject to lawsuits, investigations and claims, including, but
not limited to, claims involving students or graduates and
routine employment matters. Although we cannot predict with
certainty the ultimate resolution of lawsuits, investigations
and claims asserted against us, we do
F-25
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
not believe that any currently pending legal proceeding to which
we are a party will have a material adverse effect on our
business, results of operations, cash flows or financial
condition.
|
|
12.
|
Common
Shareholders Equity
|
Common
Stock
Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends
when and as declared by the board of directors and have the
right to one vote per share on all matters requiring shareholder
approval.
On December 17, 2003, we sold approximately
3.3 million shares of our common stock in an initial public
offering. On December 22, 2003, we consummated an exchange
offer pursuant to which we offered to exchange the outstanding
shares of our series A, series B and series C
preferred stock for shares of our common stock at an exchange
price equal to our initial public offering price. An aggregate
total of approximately 6,500 shares of series A,
series B and series C preferred stock were presented
for exchange, representing a face value of approximately
$6.5 million, and we issued an aggregate of approximately
0.3 million shares of our common stock. In addition, our
series D preferred stock automatically converted to common
stock upon the consummation of our initial public offering.
Accordingly, approximately 2,357 shares of series D
preferred stock representing a face value of $45.5 million
were converted into approximately 10.3 million shares of
common stock.
Effective with our initial public offering, our Amended and
Restated Certificate of Incorporation increased the number of
authorized common shares from approximately 37.0 million
shares to 100.0 million shares and increased the number of
authorized preferred shares from 25,000 shares to
10.0 million shares. In addition, our board of directors
and shareholders approved the Universal Technical Institute,
Inc. 2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP) and the Universal
Technical Institute, Inc. 2003 Stock Incentive Plan (SIP),
effective upon the consummation of our initial public offering,
whereby we have reserved 0.3 million shares of common stock
for the ESPP and approximately 4.4 million shares of common
stock for the SIP.
Stock
Repurchase Program
On February 28, 2006, our Board of Directors authorized the
repurchase of up to $30.0 million of our common stock in
open market or privately negotiated transactions. The timing and
actual number of shares purchased depended on a variety of
factors such as price, corporate and regulatory requirements and
other prevailing market conditions. At September 30, 2006,
we have repurchased approximately 1.4 million shares at a
total cost of approximately $30.0 million.
Management
Stock Option Plans
We have two stock option plans, which we refer to as the
Management 2002 Stock Option Program (2002 Plan) and the 2003
Stock Incentive Plan (2003 Plan).
The 2002 Plan was approved by our Board of Directors on
April 1, 2002 and provided for the issuance of options to
purchase 0.7 million shares of our common stock. On
February 25, 2003, our Board of Directors authorized an
additional 0.1 million options to purchase our common stock
under the 2002 Plan.
Options issued under the 2002 Plan vest ratably each year over a
four-year period. The expiration date of options granted under
the 2002 Plan is the earlier of the ten-year anniversary of the
grant date; the one-year anniversary of the termination of the
participants employment by reason of death or disability;
thirty days after the date of the participants termination
of employment if caused by reasons other than death, disability,
cause, material breach or unsatisfactory performance or on the
termination date if termination occurs for reasons of cause,
material breach or unsatisfactory performance. We do not intend
to grant any additional options under the 2002 Plan.
F-26
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
The 2003 Plan was approved by our Board of Directors and adopted
effective December 22, 2003 upon consummation of our
initial public offering. The 2003 Plan authorizes the issuance
of various common stock awards, including stock options and
restricted stock, for approximately 4.4 million shares of
our common stock. We issue our stock awards at the fair market
value of our common stock which is determined based upon the
closing price of our stock on the New York Stock Exchange as of
the grant date. Under the 2003 Plan, common stock awards
generally vest ratably over a four year period. The expiration
date of stock options granted under the 2003 Plan is the earlier
of the ten-year anniversary of the grant date; the one-year
anniversary of the termination of the participants
employment by reason of death or disability; ninety days after
the date of the participants termination of employment if
caused by reasons other than death, disability, cause, material
breach or unsatisfactory performance; or on the termination date
if termination occurs for reasons of cause, material breach or
unsatisfactory performance. The restrictions associated with our
restricted stock awarded under the 2003 Plan will lapse upon the
death, disability, or if, within one year following a change of
control, employment is terminated without cause or for good
reason. If employment is terminated for any other reason, all
shares of restricted stock shall be forfeited upon termination.
At September 30, 2006, 4.3 million shares of common
stock were reserved for issuance under the 2003 Plan, of which
2.0 million shares are available for future grant.
We adopted SFAS No. 123(R) on October 1, 2005.
SFAS No. 123(R) requires us to estimate the fair value
of share-based payment awards on the date of grant using an
option-pricing model. The estimated value of the portion of the
award that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as
expense over the period during which an employee is required to
provide service in exchange for the award.
Our determination of estimated fair value of each stock option
grant, estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes
option-pricing model, is affected by our stock price as well as
assumptions regarding a number of complex and subjective
variables. These variables include, but are not limited to, our
expected stock price volatility, the expected lives of the
awards and actual and projected employee stock exercise
behaviors. We evaluate our assumptions at the date of each grant.
The expected volatility is determined using a calculated value
method. Our method includes an analysis of companies within our
industry sector, including UTI, to calculate the annualized
historical volatility. We believe that due to our limited
historical experience as a public company, the calculated value
method provides the best available indicator of the expected
volatility used in our estimates.
In determining our expected term, we reviewed our historical
share option exercise experience and determined it does not
provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate an expected
term due to our limited historical award and exercise
experience. As allowed by SAB 107 Share-Based
Payment, for the year ended September 30, 2006, we
applied the simplified method for calculating expected term. The
simplified method is the weighted mid-point between vesting date
and the expiration date of the stock option agreement. The stock
options granted during the year ended September 30, 2006
have a graded vesting of 25% each year for four years and a
10 year life.
The risk-free interest rate of our awards are determined using
the implied yield currently available for zero-coupon
U.S. Government issues with a remaining term equal to the
expected life of the options.
F-27
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
The following table summarizes stock option activity under the
2002 and 2003 Plans for the years ended September 30, 2004,
2005 and 2006:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
Remaining
|
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
Contractual
|
|
|
Intrinsic
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
per Share
|
|
|
Life (Years)
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Outstanding at
September 30, 2003
|
|
|
759
|
|
|
$
|
4.97
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
1,551
|
|
|
$
|
20.97
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
(47
|
)
|
|
$
|
10.38
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expired or forfeited
|
|
|
(140
|
)
|
|
$
|
14.06
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at
September 30, 2004
|
|
|
2,123
|
|
|
$
|
15.93
|
|
|
|
8.72
|
|
|
$
|
35,660
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
570
|
|
|
$
|
38.06
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
(147
|
)
|
|
$
|
13.42
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expired or forfeited
|
|
|
(118
|
)
|
|
$
|
17.34
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at
September 30, 2005
|
|
|
2,428
|
|
|
$
|
20.98
|
|
|
|
8.11
|
|
|
$
|
34,159
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
542
|
|
|
$
|
23.25
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
(149
|
)
|
|
$
|
14.04
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expired or forfeited
|
|
|
(127
|
)
|
|
$
|
29.08
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at
September 30, 2006
|
|
|
2,694
|
|
|
$
|
21.44
|
|
|
|
7.62
|
|
|
$
|
20,915
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock options exercisable at
September 30, 2004
|
|
|
321
|
|
|
$
|
4.94
|
|
|
|
7.60
|
|
|
$
|
8,884
|
|
Stock options exercisable at
September 30, 2005
|
|
|
762
|
|
|
$
|
11.98
|
|
|
|
7.32
|
|
|
$
|
16,833
|
|
Stock options exercisable at
September 30, 2006
|
|
|
1,194
|
|
|
$
|
15.72
|
|
|
|
6.63
|
|
|
$
|
15,037
|
|
Stock options expected to vest at
September 30, 2006
|
|
|
1,383
|
|
|
$
|
26.05
|
|
|
|
8.42
|
|
|
$
|
5,879
|
|
The total fair value of options which vested during the years
ended September 30, 2004, 2005 and 2006 was
$0.5 million, $3.4 million and $4.4 million,
respectively. The total intrinsic value of stock options
exercised during the years ended September 30, 2004, 2005
and 2006 was $1.0 million, $3.4 million and
$2.8 million, respectively. The weighted-average grant-date
per share fair value of options granted during the years ended
September 30, 2004, 2005 and 2006 was $7.22, $13.98, and
$11.42, respectively.
The following table summarizes values for stock options
exercised:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Cash received
|
|
$
|
487
|
|
|
$
|
1,966
|
|
|
$
|
2,099
|
|
Tax benefits
|
|
$
|
450
|
|
|
$
|
1,318
|
|
|
$
|
1,085
|
|
F-28
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
The following table summarizes restricted stock activity under
the 2003 Plan for the year ended September 30, 2006.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Grant Date
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
per Share
|
|
|
Nonvested restricted stock at
September 30, 2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Awarded
|
|
|
120
|
|
|
$
|
23.17
|
|
Expired
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
$
|
23.25
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nonvested restricted stock at
September 30, 2006
|
|
|
119
|
|
|
$
|
23.17
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the year ended September 30, 2006, our consolidated
financial statements reflect the impact of
SFAS No. 123(R). In accordance with the modified
prospective transition method, which results in recognition of
compensation expense for all stock awards that vest or become
exercisable after the effective date of adoption, our
consolidated financial statements for prior periods have not
been restated to reflect, and do not include the impact of,
SFAS No. 123(R).
The following table summarizes the operating expense line and
the impact on net income in the consolidated statements of
income in which the stock-based compensation expense under
SFAS No. 123(R) has been recorded:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
September 30, 2006
|
|
|
Education services and facilities
|
|
$
|
545
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
4,211
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stock-based compensation
expense
|
|
$
|
4,756
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax benefit at marginal tax
rate of 39.0%
|
|
$
|
1,855
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of September 30, 2006, unrecognized stock compensation
expense related to unvested common stock awards was
$14.5 million, which is expected to be recognized over a
weighted average period of 2.4 years.
In November 2005, the FASB issued FSP FAS 123(R)-3,
Transition Election Related to Accounting for the Tax
Effects of Share-Based Payment Awards. This FSP requires
an entity to follow either the transition guidance for the
additional
paid-in-capital
pool as prescribed in SFAS No. 123(R), or the
alternative method as described in the FSP. An entity that
adopts SFAS No. 123(R) using the modified prospective
application transition method may make a one-time election to
adopt the transition method described in this FSP. We have
elected to calculate the additional
paid-in-capital
pool as prescribed in SFAS No. 123(R) effective with
our adoption of SFAS No. 123(R). We have adopted the
policy to include awards measured using both the minimum-value
and the fair-value methods in our calculation of the
FAS 123(R) pool of windfall tax benefits.
Employee
Stock Purchase Plan
We have an employee stock purchase plan that allows eligible
employees of the company to purchase our common stock up to an
aggregate of 300,000 shares at semi-annual intervals
through periodic payroll deductions. The number of shares of
common stock issued under this plan was 47,064 shares and
39,319 shares in the years ended September 30, 2005
and 2006, respectively. Our plan provides for a market price
discount of 5% and application of the market price discount to
the closing stock price at the end of each offering period.
F-29
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150,
Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with
Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity.
SFAS No. 150 changes the accounting and disclosure
requirements for certain financial instruments that, under
previous guidance, could be classified as equity. The guidance
in SFAS No. 150 is generally effective for all
financial instruments entered into or modified after
May 31, 2003 and is otherwise effective at the beginning of
the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2003.
Upon adoption of SFAS No. 150, effective July 1,
2003, we classified as a liability our redeemable convertible
preferred stock series A, B and C with a combined carrying
value of approximately $25.5 million. Additionally,
effective July 1, 2003, the dividends on these securities
are included as a component of interest expense instead of
preferred stock dividends in the consolidated statement of
operations. SFAS No. 150 prohibits restatement of
financial statements for periods prior to adoption, accordingly
these changes have been made prospectively.
The following table presents a comparison of net income as if
SFAS 150 had been adopted at the beginning of the earliest
period presented:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Reported net income
|
|
$
|
28,820
|
|
|
$
|
35,819
|
|
|
$
|
27,386
|
|
Less preferred stock dividend for
Series D preferred stock
|
|
|
776
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income available for common
shareholders
|
|
$
|
28,044
|
|
|
$
|
35,819
|
|
|
$
|
27,386
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At September 30, 2004, 2005 and 2006 there was no preferred
stock issued and outstanding.
Preferred
Stock Exchange and Redemption
In November 2003, we offered to all holders of Series A,
Series B and Series C preferred stock the ability to
exchange their preferred stock for shares of our common stock
pursuant to an exchange agreement. The number of shares of
common stock that were issued in exchange for each share of the
preferred stock was equal to the liquidation value of the
preferred stock ($1,000 per share) divided by the initial
public offering price of our common stock. On December 22,
2003, we completed our initial public offering with an offering
price for our common stock of $20.50 per share. Upon
consummation of our initial public offering, we exchanged
approximately 6,500 shares of Series A, Series B
and Series C preferred stock and 2,357 shares of
Series D preferred stock for an aggregate 10.6 million
shares of common stock. In addition, we redeemed the remaining
Series A, Series B and Series C preferred stock
totaling $12.9 million and paid the accrued dividends
related to the Series A, Series B, Series C and
Series D preferred stock totaling $12.6 million. In
connection with the preferred stock redemption, officers of the
Company received approximately $5.3 million.
|
|
14.
|
Defined
Contribution Employee Benefit Plan
|
We sponsor a defined contribution 401(k) plan, under which our
employees elect to withhold specified amounts from their wages
to contribute to the plan and we have a fiduciary responsibility
with respect to the plan. The plan provides for matching a
portion of employees contributions at managements
discretion. All contributions and matches by us are invested at
the direction of the employee in one or more mutual funds or
cash. We made contributions totaling approximately
$0.9 million, $1.2 million, and $1.4 million for
the years ended September 30, 2004, 2005 and 2006,
respectively.
We follow SFAS No. 131, Disclosures about
Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information.
SFAS No. 131 establishes standards for the way that
public business enterprises report certain information about
F-30
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
operating segments in their financial reports. Operating
segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which
separate financial information is available that is evaluated on
a regular basis by the chief operating decision maker, or
decision making group, in assessing performance of the segment
and in deciding how to allocate resources to an individual
segment. SFAS No. 131 also establishes standards for
related disclosures about products and services, geographic
areas and major customers.
Our principal business is providing post-secondary education. We
also provide manufacturer specific training, and these
operations are managed separately from our campus operations.
These operations do not currently meet the quantitative criteria
for segments and therefore are not deemed reportable under
SFAS No. 131 and are reflected in the Other category.
Corporate expenses are allocated to Post-Secondary Education and
the Other category.
Summary information by reportable segment is as follows as of
and for the years ended September 30:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
Post-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Secondary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Education
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
$
|
240,291
|
|
|
$
|
14,858
|
|
|
$
|
255,149
|
|
Operating income
|
|
$
|
50,412
|
|
|
$
|
(290
|
)
|
|
$
|
50,122
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
$
|
8,415
|
|
|
$
|
397
|
|
|
$
|
8,812
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
$
|
20,579
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
20,579
|
|
Assets
|
|
$
|
133,148
|
|
|
$
|
3,168
|
|
|
$
|
136,316
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
Post-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Secondary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Education
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
$
|
294,497
|
|
|
$
|
16,303
|
|
|
$
|
310,800
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
$
|
54,558
|
|
|
$
|
1,220
|
|
|
$
|
55,778
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
$
|
9,344
|
|
|
$
|
433
|
|
|
$
|
9,777
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
$
|
20,579
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
20,579
|
|
Assets
|
|
$
|
197,080
|
|
|
$
|
3,528
|
|
|
$
|
200,608
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
Post-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Secondary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Education
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
$
|
331,759
|
|
|
$
|
15,307
|
|
|
$
|
347,066
|
|
Operating income
|
|
$
|
41,227
|
|
|
$
|
(487
|
)
|
|
$
|
40,740
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
$
|
13,808
|
|
|
$
|
397
|
|
|
$
|
14,205
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
$
|
20,579
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
20,579
|
|
Assets
|
|
$
|
208,859
|
|
|
$
|
3,302
|
|
|
$
|
212,161
|
|
F-31
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In
thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
16.
|
Quarterly
Financial Summary (Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First
|
|
|
Second
|
|
|
Third
|
|
|
Fourth
|
|
|
Fiscal
|
|
Year Ended September 30, 2004
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Year
|
|
|
Net revenue
|
|
$
|
59,043
|
|
|
$
|
63,684
|
|
|
$
|
62,947
|
|
|
$
|
69,475
|
|
|
$
|
255,149
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
$
|
14,015
|
|
|
$
|
13,494
|
|
|
$
|
10,865
|
|
|
$
|
11,748
|
|
|
$
|
50,122
|
|
Net income available to common
shareholders
|
|
$
|
6,677
|
|
|
$
|
8,056
|
|
|
$
|
6,636
|
|
|
$
|
6,675
|
|
|
$
|
28,044
|
|
Income per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.43
|
|
|
$
|
0.29
|
|
|
$
|
0.24
|
|
|
$
|
0.24
|
|
|
$
|
1.14
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.30
|
|
|
$
|
0.28
|
|
|
$
|
0.23
|
|
|
$
|
0.23
|
|
|
$
|
1.04
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First
|
|
|
Second
|
|
|
Third
|
|
|
Fourth
|
|
|
Fiscal
|
|
Year Ended September 30, 2005
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Year
|
|
|
Net revenue
|
|
$
|
73,336
|
|
|
$
|
77,482
|
|
|
$
|
76,074
|
|
|
$
|
83,908
|
|
|
$
|
310,800
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
$
|
15,476
|
|
|
$
|
14,429
|
|
|
$
|
11,450
|
|
|
$
|
14,423
|
|
|
$
|
55,778
|
|
Net income available to common
shareholders
|
|
$
|
9,828
|
|
|
$
|
9,155
|
|
|
$
|
7,605
|
|
|
$
|
9,231
|
|
|
$
|
35,819
|
|
Income per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.35
|
|
|
$
|
0.33
|
|
|
$
|
0.27
|
|
|
$
|
0.33
|
|
|
$
|
1.28
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.35
|
|
|
$
|
0.32
|
|
|
$
|
0.27
|
|
|
$
|
0.32
|
|
|
$
|
1.26
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First
|
|
|
Second
|
|
|
Third
|
|
|
Fourth
|
|
|
Fiscal
|
|
Year Ended September 30, 2006
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Year
|
|
|
Net revenue
|
|
$
|
85,512
|
|
|
$
|
88,686
|
|
|
$
|
84,134
|
|
|
$
|
88,734
|
|
|
$
|
347,066
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
$
|
16,251
|
|
|
$
|
12,522
|
|
|
$
|
5,711
|
|
|
$
|
6,256
|
|
|
$
|
40,740
|
|
Net income available to common
shareholders
|
|
$
|
10,265
|
|
|
$
|
8,317
|
|
|
$
|
4,498
|
|
|
$
|
4,306
|
|
|
$
|
27,386
|
|
Income per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.37
|
|
|
$
|
0.30
|
|
|
$
|
0.16
|
|
|
$
|
0.16
|
|
|
$
|
0.99
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.36
|
|
|
$
|
0.29
|
|
|
$
|
0.16
|
|
|
$
|
0.16
|
|
|
$
|
0.97
|
|
The summation of quarterly net income per share, and quarterly
net income per share assuming dilution, does not equate to the
calculation for the full fiscal year as quarterly calculations
are performed on a discrete basis. In addition, securities may
have an anti-dilutive effect during individual quarters but not
for the full year.
F-32
Exhibit
Index
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description
|
|
|
3
|
.1
|
|
Restated Certificate of
Incorporation of Registrant. (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrants Annual Report on
Form 10-K
dated December 23, 2004.)
|
|
3
|
.2
|
|
Amended and Restated Bylaws of
Registrant. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to a
Form 8-K
filed by the Registrant on February 23, 2005.)
|
|
4
|
.1
|
|
Specimen Certificate evidencing
shares of common stock. (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrants Registration Statement
on
Form S-1
dated October 3, 2003, or an amendment thereto
(No. 333-109430).)
|
|
4
|
.2
|
|
Registration Rights Agreement,
dated December 16, 2003, between Registrant and certain
stockholders signatory thereto. (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 4.2 to the Registrants Registration Statement
on
Form S-1
dated October 3, 2003, or an amendment thereto
(No. 333-109430).)
|
|
10
|
.1
|
|
Credit Agreement, dated
October 26, 2004, by and between the Registrant and Wells
Fargo Bank, National Association. (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrants Annual Report on
Form 10-K
dated December 23, 2004.)
|
|
10
|
.1.1
|
|
Modification Agreement, dated
July 5, 2006, by and between the Registrant and Wells Fargo
Bank, National Association. (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.2 to a
Form 8-K
filed by the Registrant on July 7, 2006.)
|
|
10
|
.2*
|
|
Universal Technical Institute
Executive Benefit Plan, effective March 1, 1997.
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on
Form S-1
dated October 3, 2003, or an amendment thereto
(No. 333-109430).)
|
|
10
|
.5*
|
|
Management 2002 Option Program.
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on
Form S-1
dated October 3, 2003, or an amendment thereto
(No. 333-109430).)
|
|
10
|
.6*
|
|
2003 Stock Incentive Plan (as
amended December 16, 2005). (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.6 to the Registrants Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
filed May 10, 2006.)
|
|
10
|
.6.1*
|
|
Form of Restricted Stock Award
Agreement. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to a
Form 8-K
filed by the Registrant on June 21, 2006.)
|
|
10
|
.6.2*
|
|
Form of Stock Option Grant
Agreement. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to a
Form 8-K
filed by the Registrant on June 21, 2006.)
|
|
10
|
.7*
|
|
Amended and Restated 2003 Employee
Stock Purchase Plan. (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrants Annual Report on
Form 10-K
filed December 14, 2005.)
|
|
10
|
.8*
|
|
Amended and Restated Employment
and Non-Interference Agreement, dated April 1, 2002,
between Registrant and Robert D. Hartman, as amended.
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on
Form S-1
dated October 3, 2003, or an amendment thereto
(No. 333-109430).)
|
|
10
|
.8.1*
|
|
Description of terms of continuing
relationship between Registrant and Robert D. Hartman.
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to a
Form 8-K
filed by the Registrant on October 6, 2005.)
|
|
10
|
.9*
|
|
Employment and Non-Interference
Agreement, dated April 1, 2002, between Registrant and John
C. White, as amended. (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.9 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on
Form S-1
dated October 3, 2003, or an amendment thereto
(No. 333-109430).)
|
|
10
|
.10*
|
|
Employment and Non-Interference
Agreement, dated April 1, 2002, between Registrant and
Kimberly J. McWaters, as amended. (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.10 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on
Form S-1
dated October 3, 2003, or an amendment thereto
(No. 333-109430).)
|
|
10
|
.11*
|
|
Employment Agreement, dated
November 30, 2003, between Registrant and Jennifer L.
Haslip. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on
Form S-1
dated October 3, 2003, or an amendment thereto
(No. 333-109430).)
|
|
10
|
.12*
|
|
Form of Severance Agreement
between Registrant and certain executive officers. (Incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Registrants
Registration Statement on
Form S-1
dated October 3, 2003, or an amendment thereto
(No. 333-109430).)
|
F-33
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description
|
|
|
10
|
.13
|
|
Lease Agreement, dated
April 1, 1994, as amended, between City Park LLC, as
successor in interest to 2844 West Deer Valley L.L.C., as
landlord, and The Clinton Harley Corporation, as tenant.
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on
Form S-1
dated October 3, 2003, or an amendment thereto
(No. 333-109430).)
|
|
10
|
.14
|
|
Lease Agreement, dated
July 2, 2001, as amended, between John C. and Cynthia L.
White, as trustees of the John C. and Cynthia L. White 1989
Family Trust, as landlord, and The Clinton Harley Corporation,
as tenant. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to
the Registrants Registration Statement on
Form S-1
dated October 3, 2003, or an amendment thereto
(No. 333-109430).)
|
|
10
|
.15
|
|
Lease Agreement, dated
July 2, 2001, between Delegates LLC, as landlord, and The
Clinton Harley Corporation, as tenant. (Incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the Registrants
Registration Statement on
Form S-1
dated October 3, 2003, or an amendment thereto
(No. 333-109430).)
|
|
10
|
.16
|
|
Form of Indemnification Agreement
by and between Registrant and its directors and officers.
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on
Form S-1
dated April 5, 2004, or an amendment thereto
(No. 333-114185).)
|
|
21
|
.1
|
|
Subsidiaries of Registrant.
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 21.1 to the
Registrants Annual Report on Form 10-K dated
December 14, 2005.)
|
|
23
|
.1
|
|
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers
LLP. (Filed herewith.)
|
|
24
|
.1
|
|
Power of Attorney. (Included on
signature page.)
|
|
31
|
.1
|
|
Certification of Chief Executive
Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
of 2002. (Filed herewith.)
|
|
31
|
.2
|
|
Certification of Chief Financial
Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
of 2002. (Filed herewith.)
|
|
32
|
.1
|
|
Certification of Chief Executive
Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted
pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
(Filed herewith.)
|
|
32
|
.2
|
|
Certification of Chief Financial
Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted
pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
(Filed herewith.)
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or
arrangement. |
F-34